1Samul 30 1Samul 30:1 30 Th Amalkits Raid David s Camp Outlin of Chaptr 30: vv. 1 5 David and his Mn Rturn to thir Camp which was Raidd by th Amalkits vv. 6 8 David s Soldirs Turn Against Him/David Turns to God for Guidanc vv. 9 10 David and His Soldirs Pursu th Amalkits; Som Lack th Strngth to Continu vv. 11 15 An Abandond Egyptian Srvant Lads David to th Amalkit Raidrs vv. 16 20 David s Army Slaughtrs th Amalkits and Rcovrs thir Womn and Proprty vv. 21 25 David Trats Thos too Wary to Continu with Grac vv. 26 31 David Distributs Much of th Spoil to th Eldrs in Judah Charts, Short Doctrins and Maps: v. 3 How Did David Gt Himslf into this Mss? v. 6 Strngthning Onslf in th Midst of Tragdy with God s Wo v. 29 A Summary of th Doctrin of th Knits v. 30 A Summary of th Doctrin of th City of Hormah v. 31 Intrprting th Final Wâw Conjunction Doctrins Cov Doctrins Alludd To Th City of Hormah Ephod Bthl Knits Hbron Part I Hbron Part II Psalms Alludd To Psalm 118 Psalm 143 I ntroduction: In 1Sam. 30, w follow David back to his camp whr th Amalkits hav burnd down his tnts with fir and hav takn all of thir womn hostag. W know up until this tim, David s spiritual lif has bn qustionabl. H dos not blong in Philistia; h should not b lying to Achish about his xploits; and h should not b taking his army to fight against Saul and his army. In othr wos, vry littl sms right in David s lif at this tim. And whn w ar out of fllowship, and out of fllowship for awhil, w can xpct God to bring disciplin our way. This is xactly what w find in David s situation. H and his mn hav bn plundring th popl around him and lying to Achish about it now, it is tim for David to suffr a littl disciplin. In th prvious chaptr, Saul has gon to spak to th witch of Endor. This chaptr is, mor or lss, cotrminous with that chaptr. W hav svral things occurring at or narly at th sam tim. Achish tlls David that h nds to assist him in battl, and David agrs to this, bringing his mn with him. Howvr, in Aphk, th othr rulrs of th Philistins objct to David bing thr, and h is snt packing. So whil David hads back south, Achish and th rst of th Philistins go north. Whil David is in transit, an Amalkit army striks his camp and carris away all of th wivs and childrn (which is th subjct of this chaptr). About th tim David arrivs in Ziklag, to find his camp burnd to th ground, th Philistins arriv at thir dstination in Shunm. Saul and his
1Samul Chaptr 30 3806 army ar gath in Gilboa, and Saul gos out that night to Endor to spak to this witch. Thn, whil Saul gos to battl against th Philistins (1Sam. 31), David gos to war against th Amalkits (1Sam. 30). So, you s not only ar ths chaptrs not in chronological or, but thy could not b in chronological or, as som vnts ar occurring simultanously. What I will do in th nxt chaptr is lay ths vnts all out, so it is asy to 1 xamin thm from a chronological prspctiv (which sms to b th bnd of th wstrn mind). To giv you a bit mor dtail about this chaptr: David had joind up with Achish and th rst of th Philistin army in Aphk. Th othr ladrs of Philistin army did not want David fighting togthr with thm, worrid that h might, at any tim, turn against thm. So, as th Philistin soldirs mov northwa from Aphk to fight Saul, David and his mn rturn to Ziklag (1Sam. 29:11). Whn thy arrivd in Ziklag, th found thir camp dstroyd with fir and all of thir womn and childrn gon (1Sam. 30:1). Although thy did not know it at th tim, th Amalkits who did this did not kill thir womn and childrn but took thm captiv (vv. 2 3). This upst th ntir Israli camp, vn to th point of turning against David (vv. 4, 6a). David, howvr, rturns to God and strngthns himslf in Jhovah, th God of Isral (v. 6b). H calls upon Abiathar, who has th phod, and askd him for guidanc (vv. 7 8). Almost immdiatly, 200 of th mn could go no furthr thy wr xhaustd from thir march up to Aphk and thn back to Ziklag (vv. 9 10). God lft an Egyptian slav bhind from th Amalkits for David and his soldirs to find (vv. 11 12). This formr slav not only gav David all of th information that h ndd, but h ld David s army to th Amalkits (vv. 13 16a). Th Amalkits had apparntly larnd from David, and thy had not only struck David s camp, but probably svral othrs (this is a logical dduction). At th tim that David found thm, thy wr having a hug, wild party whil thy wr sprad out ovr th countrysid (v. 16a). Evn though, ths Amalkits wr probably formidabl warriors, in thir drunknnss, thy wr asy pry for David and his mn, who slaught all of thm xcpt for 400 who scapd (vv. 16b 17). David and his mn rcov all that was takn from thm and, apparntly, a grat dal mor (vv. 18 20). Lading and carrying all of this trmndous rwa for dstroying th Amalkits, David still had to dal with th 200 mn who rmaind bhind. Evn though David could hav o thir xcution, h tratd thm graciously, allowing thm to partak in th loot which h rcov (vv. 21 22). In fact, this bcam customary from that tim on for all of Isral to function in th sam way (vv. 23 24). Thr was so much additional spoil, much of which was probably takn from th inhabitants of Judah, that David snt it to th ldrs of Judah (v. 26). In fact, all (or most) of th citis that David sha this loot with ar namd (vv. 27 31). Darby givs us a partial summary of prvious vnts as thy ar tid to this chaptr: In chaptr 29, God, in His loving-kindnss, brings David out of his difficulty by mans of th jalousy of th los of th Philistins. Nvrthlss, to maintain his cit with Achish, David falls still lowr, it sms to m, and protsts that h is quit rady to fight against th nmis of th Philistin king, that is to say, against th popl of God. This appars to m th most wrtchd part of David's lif-at any rat, bfor h was king. God maks him snsibl of it; for whil h is thr, th Amalkits strip him of vrything and burn Ziklag, and his followrs ar rady to ston him. All this is grivous; but th grac of God raiss him up again, and th ffct of this chastismnt is to bring him back to God, for h was vr tru to Him in hart. David ncouragd himslf in Jhovah his God, and inquirs of Him what h shall do. What patinc, what kindnss in God! What car H taks of His popl, vn whil thy ar turning away from Him! 2 Application: Whn you ar in fllowship, in God s will, it is a black and whit world. With a littl doctrin, most of your day-to-day dcisions ar fairly simpl to mak. You gnrally do not hav to strss about this or that dcision. Whn I was a lot youngr, I wond about a lot of dcisions: should I mak a lft turn or a right turn; should I tak this or that rout to work; tc. a lot of vry trivial things. Oftn, charismatics I hav known ar plagud with trivial dcisions which thy bliv rquir spcial signs from God to guid thm. With a littl 1 2 It is, at last, th dirction my mind tnds to lan. John Nlson Darby, Synopsis of th Old and Nw Tstamnts; from -Swo, 1Sam. 29:1 11.
3807 Th Book of Samul doctrin, I found myslf lss and lss concrnd with th trivial options in my day. I knw what was right and what was wrong; whn I did that which was wrong, I also knw to rbound and gt back into fllowship. I hav scrwd up again and again, but God, in His grac, has allowd m to liv and has allowd m to mov forwa. Furthrmor, in my lif, thr hav bn rlativly fw difficult dcisions. I know th trnd is to lav your volition snsitiv to God s dirctiv will; howvr, th mor doctrin you know, th mor tim that you ar filld with th Holy Spirit, th lss you nd to concrn yourslf with what ar gnrally unimportant dcisions. Now, as w watch David, first h is out of God s gographical will. Nxt, h is attacking nmis of Isral, but h is lying to Achish. Notic how gray his world has bcom? Mayb h should and mayb h should not b attacking ths hathn; and what should h do about Achish? Dos h tll th truth, and caus Achish to bcom alarmd? Dos h li and provid som modicum of scurity for his mn. And thn David is facd with a vry gray ara: h is living in Philistia, making him, ssntially, a citizn of that nation, making him rsponsibl to Philistia and bholdn to Achish. In that situation, David ows som allgianc and srvic to his country, which is Philistia. So now w find David facing th gryst dcision of all: dos h srv th country h livs in and fight against Isral; dos h rfus to srv his country and not rais his hand against th army of th living God and th king of Isral? S, that is a gry ara. Th longr David stays out of fllowship, th mor gry his dcisions bcom. Th longr you stay out of fllowship, th mor morally ambiguous your situation will bcom. Lt s talk about production and th spiritual lif. Thr ar two things you nd in your spiritual lif: th filling of th Holy Spirit and spiritual growth. Spiritual growth coms through doctrin mixd with faith mixd with th dayto-day lif you lad. Doctrin maks your day-to-day dcisions asir. Thr is lss gry ara for you to b concrnd with. Furthrmor, your production bcoms mor maningful and gratr. Lt m giv you th simplst of analogis: plac a baby in th position of a xcutiv and nothing is going to gt don. Put a tnagr in charg, and onc and awhil, somthing might gt don. Put a motivatd MBA in charg, and suddnly, a grat dal gts accomplishd. Th training maks all th diffrnc in th world. Th growth and maturity maks all th diffrnc in th world. Th sam is tru with th spiritual lif. A baby cannot do much of anything. A tnagr can do a fw things, but thy ar too focusd on thmslvs. Making intllignt dcisions about th spiritual lif is rathr difficult. Th mor matur you ar, th mor you know about God s plan, th gratr your impact and th asir your day-to-day dcisions ar. Your lif has maning and impact. You ar not just a prson hanging around sucking up air and crying for food. Hav you noticd that w hav gon a fw chaptrs without studying a psalm writtn by David. Thr ar no psalms that ar clarly from this tim priod. David is spiritually stagnating; h is oftn out of fllowship; and h livs in a vry, vry gry world. Do you s th problms hr? W hav had svral chaptrs whr David sms to b unfocusd and wandring; along with this, thr sms to b no spiritual production. What w would xpct is, any day now, God is going to bring down th ax. God is going to disciplin David; and David is going to hav to gt right with God bfor h continus with his lif. That is what this chaptr is. David has stagnatd, if not rtrogrssd; and now h is going to hav to rvrs this dirction. With rgas to th various ancint manuscripts, I should point out that th Douay-Rhims Bibl, which is basd upon th Latin, is compltly out of synch with th othr Bibls. Ths first four vrss, for instanc, ar found in th prvious chaptr of th DRB. Thr ar som vrss which ar missing ntirly (lik v. 5). For this rason, I will rarly rfr to th Latin whn discussing ths diffrncs. Furthrmor, most of this chaptr is missing from 3 th Dad Sa Scrolls. Howvr, apart from th Latin Bibl bing vry out of synch hr; th MT and LXX ssntially agr. Th fw placs whr thy do not ar insignificant. Furthrmor, th Hbrw is fairly asy throughout. W will run into vry fw phrass whr I hav to giv you my bst guss. Furthrmor, th various translations sm to b mor in synch hr than any othr chaptr in rcnt mmory. Although I offr a varity of English translations with ach vrs, it is rmarkabl that thy ar all so similar. 3 Missing, not bcaus it dos not blong hr, but bcaus th manuscripts ar funky.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3808 Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart Indx David and his Mn Rturn to thir Camp which was Raidd by th Amalkits Slavishly litral: And so h is in a coming of David and his mn [to] Ziklag in th day th thi; and Amalkits had sprad out unto [th] ngb and unto Ziklag and so thy strik Ziklag and so thy consum hr in th fir. 1Samul 30:1 Modratly litral: And so it cam to pass [whn] David and his mn nt Ziklag on th thi day: th Amalkits had [bgun to] plundr th ngb and Ziklag and thy struck Ziklag and burnd it with fir. This is what happnd whn David and his mn rturnd to Ziklag on th thi day: th Amalkits had bgun a campaign against southrn Judah, including Ziklag, and thy hit Ziklag and burnd it down. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so h is in a coming of David and his mn [to] Ziklag in th day th thi; and Amalkits had sprad out unto [th] ngb and unto Ziklag and so thy strik Ziklag and so thy consum hr in th fir. And it cam to pass whn David and his mn had nt Sklac on th thi day, that Amalc had mad an incursion upon th south, and upon Sklac, and smittn Sklac, and burnt it with fir. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT REB TEV It took David and his mn thr days to rach Ziklag. But whil thy had bn away, th Amalkits had bn raiding in th dsrt around thr. Thy had attackd Ziklag, burnd it to th ground,... Thr days latr, David and his mn arrivd back in Ziklag. Amalkits had raidd th Ngv and Ziklag. Thy tor Ziklag to pics and thn burnd it down. Thr days latr, whn David and his mn arrivd hom at thir town of Ziklag, thy found that th amalkits had mad a raid into th Ngv and had burnd Ziklag to th ground. On th thi day David and his mn rachd Ziklag. In th man tim th Amalkits had mad a raid into th Ngb, attackd Ziklag, and st it on fir. Two days latr David and his mn arrivd back at Ziklag. Th amalkits had raidd southrn Judah and attackd Ziklag. Thy had burnd down th town... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) Two days latr, whn David and his mn cam to Ziklag, th Amalkits had raidd th Ngv, including Ziklag. Thy had attackd Ziklag and burnd it. By th tim David and his mn arrivd in Ziklag, on th thi day, th Amalkits had mad a raid into th Ngb and against Ziklag; thy had stormd Ziklag and burnd it down. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings:
3809 Th Book of Samul HCSB Young's Updatd LT David and his mn arrivd in Ziklag on th thi day. Th Amalkits had raidd th Ngv and attackd and burnd down Ziklag. And it coms to pass, in th coming in of David and his mn to Ziklag, on th thi day, that th Amalkits hav pushd unto th south, and unto Ziklag, and strik Ziklag, and burn it with fir. What is th gist of this vrs? David and his mn rturnd to thir camp in Ziklag, only to discovr that th Amalkits had attackd thir city and st fir to it. 1Samul 30:1a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa or va ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 hâyâh ( ) [pronouncd haw-yaw] to b, is, was, ar; to bcom, to com into bing; to com to pass 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #1961 BDB #224 Without a spcific subjct and objct, th vrb hâyâh oftn mans and it will com to b, and it will com to pass, thn it cam to pass (with th wâw conscutiv). Gnrally, th vrb dos not match th gndr whatvr narby noun could b th subjct (and, as oftn, thr is no noun narby which would fulfill th conditions of bing a subjct). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 bôw ( ) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #935 BDB #97 Th infinitiv construct, whn combind with th bêyth prposition, can oftn tak on a tmporal maning and may b rnd whn [such and such happns]. It can srv as a tmporal markr that dnots an vnt which occurs simultanously with th action of th main vrb. Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions, soldirs, companions masculin plural noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 tsiq lag ( - ) [pronouncd tzihk - LAHG] translitratd Ziklag Propr noun; location Strong s #6860 BDB #862 Translation: And so it cam to pass [whn] David and his mn nt Ziklag... This phras is sort of a titl to this chaptr. As mntiond, 1Sam. 29 will divrg into two sctions, chaptrs 30 and 31. On chaptr follows David and th othr follows Saul. 1Sam. 31 will bgin with sort of a manwhil, back at th ranch bginning.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3810 As I hav talkd about for somtim, vn bfor I rad this chaptr, David is out of God s gographical will and it is only a mattr of tim bfor God stps in and dals with David dirctly. In fact, David and all thos who ar with him ar outsid of God s gographical will, so w should xpct that God s punishmnt will xtnd to all of thm. For ovr a yar, ths mn hav collctd things, provisions and womn from thir raids on th surrounding hathn. It is not clar at any point that God told David to do this. So hr is whr th chickns com hom to roost. David and all of his mn will appar to los it all at thir rturn to thir camp in Ziklag. 1Samul 30:1b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 yôwm ( ) [pronouncd yohm] day; tim; today (with a dfinit articl) masculin singular noun with a dfinit articl Strong s #3117 BDB #398 sh lishîym (. ) [pronouncd sh li- SHEEM] thi, a thi part, a thi tim; chambrs [of th thi story] masculin/fminin adjctiv/oinal numral with th dfinit articl Strong s #7992 BDB #1026 Translation:...on th thi day:.. I sparatd this from th rst of this vrs simply bcaus w hav two sts of English translations: on has David and his mn arriving on th scond day, th othr on th thi (or so it sms). Sinc David and his mn arriv in Ziklag aftr marching for two days, thy arriv on th thi day. So, a corrct translation would hav aftr two days or on th thi day. I would assum that this would hav bn thir march from Aphk down to Ziklag. This is following a march from Ziklag to Aphk with a night s rst in btwn. What follows in vv. 1b 2 is parnthtical. This passag tlls us what has happnd. In v. 3, th author will rstat v. 1a and thn tll us what David and his mn saw, having givn us th background as to what happnd in thir absnc. V. 4 will thn tlls us what th mn did upon ntring thir camp. 1Samul 30:1c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 mâlêqîy (. ) [pronouncd uh-mawlay-kee] translitratd Amalkit propr noun gntis with th dfinit articl Strong s #6003 BDB #766 pâsha ( ) [pronouncd paw- SHAHT] to sprad out; to strip, to plundr, to uncloth; to flay, to rmov th skin; in war, it is usd to indicat a vicious attack, along th lins of flaying th skin off an animal 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #6584 BDB #832
3811 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:1c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 ngb ( ) B [pronouncd n-ghe V] south, south-country; oftn translitratd Ngv or Ngb masculin singular noun Strong's #5045 BDB #616 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 tsiq lag ( - ) [pronouncd tzihk - LAHG] translitratd Ziklag Propr noun; location Strong s #6860 BDB #862 Translation:...th Amalkits had [bgun to] plundr th ngb and Ziklag... Th ngb is a dsignation of th southrn portion of Judah as wll as that which is south of Judah. Ths Amalkits, possibly vn obsrving David s raiding partis, dcid to gt in on this action thmslvs. So thy bgan to plundr th southr rgion and this southrn rgion includd Ziklag. I want to rmind you that w discussd Ziklag brifly whn Achish handd it ovr to David and rcall that this was actually significantly south of Gath. Achish did not giv David th nxt city ovr, but put David about 20 mils south of Gath. Although w obsrvd th xchang btwn David and Achish, it was nvr clar why Achish put David this far south. It is possibl that this was a city which Achish had control ovr, but it was too far south to constantly ovrs. Barns: This indicats that Aphk was thr days march from Ziklag, say about 50 mils, which agrs vry wll with th probabl situation of Aphk. From Ziklag to Shunm would not b lss than 80 or 90 4 mils. As an asid, w should dal with a possibl contradiction hr. In 1Sam. 27:8 9, David attacks th Amalkits, among othrs, taks all of thir things, and dos not lav anyon aliv in thir camp. So, how is it that th Amalkits ar abl to strik David s camp if h has alrady killd thm all? Thr ar thr possibl options hr. Th first possibility is that David struck th Amalkit camp whil th Amalkits wr out plundring anothr city thmslvs. Thrfor, thir camp would b vulnrabl, and asy to plundr. It is possibl that thir attack on David is payback. Th scond possibl xplanation is, Saul, whn h attackd and plund th Amalkits way back in 1Sam. 15, allowd his mn to tak som of th things which blongd to th Amalkits. Evn though thy wr supposd to dstroy all of th Amalkits, thy got thir ys on th possssions of th Amalkits and th Amalkits scatt in svral dirctions. Thrfor, what w hav hr is a diffrnt group of Amalkits than thos who wr struck by David. Th 3 possibility is, vn though Saul struck on cntralizd group of Amalkits and David struck a particular ncampmnt of thm, thr wr Amalkit sttlmnts or ncampmnts all ovr th Ngv (southrn Judah and southrn Philistia). Any on of ths thr xplanations maks sns, so thr is no rason to assum that thr is a contradiction hr. 4 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:1.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3812 1Samul 30:1d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâkâh ( ) [pronouncd naw- KAWH] to smit, to assault, to hit, to strik, to strik [somthing or somon] down, to dfat 3 prson masculin plural Hiphil imprfct Strong #5221 BDB #645 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 tsiq lag ( - ) [pronouncd tzihk - LAHG] translitratd Ziklag Propr noun; location Strong s #6860 BDB #862 Translation:...and thy struck Ziklag... Whil attacking various portions of southrn Judah, th Amalkits cam upon a city which was unfortifid and had no mn: Ziklag. David and all of his mn (mayb a coupl rmaind bhind; howvr, thr is no vidnc of that) wr off with Achish, doing that which was inappropriat. Whn Achish summond David, David should hav told him, I raliz w ar in your dbt; but I cannot fight against my own popl Isral. Prior to that, David should not hav lid about fighting against Isral in th first plac. W may rasonably suppos that Achish askd David to join him basd upon ths supposd raids against his fllow Isralits. So, David s lis had ld him into th murky situation. As I mntiond in th prfac, th furthr you gt away from God, th murkir or murkir your world bcoms. Moral choics no longr ar black and whit, but bcom vry difficult calls. You will rcall that King Saul originally struck th Amalkits as God had told him to, but h did not wip thm all out as God told him to. Apparntly, whil Saul s mn got caught up in taking thir possssions, many of thm scapd. This is apparntly a larg group of thm who bcam vry mobil aftr that. I don t know if thir obsrvation of David and his plundring suggstd to thm that thy should do th sam, or if this was just a vry common practic in th ancint world. Howvr, w will s that David will rcovr so much plundr from thm, that w can rasonably dduc that th Amalkits had bn striking city aftr city, camp aftr camp, for som tim now. Also, don t forgt, th Amalkits had bn struck by David as wll (1Sam. 27:8). No doubt this was payback and no doubt that th Amalkits watchd David s camp carfully, waiting for any sign of waknss. Jamison, Fausst and Brown commnt: Whil th strngth of th Philistin forcs was pou out of thir country into th plain of Esdralon, th Amalkit maraudrs sizd th opportunity of th dfnslss stat of Philistia to invad th southrn trritory. Of cours, David's town suff from th 5 ravags of ths nomad plundrrs, in rvng for his rcnt raid upon thir trritory. Clark: Ths wr, doubtlss, a travling patory ho, who, availing thmslvs of th war btwn th Philistins and th Isralits, plund svral unprotctd towns, and among thm Ziklag. It is likly thy had not ha of what David did to som of thir tribs, ls thy would hav 6 avngd thmslvs by slaying all thy found in Ziklag. 5 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; from -swo, 1Sam. 30:1. 6 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:1.
3813 Th Book of Samul Prsonally, I would not b surprisd had thy known what David had don and th kidnaping of thir womn and childrn was mor of a practical considration rathr than on of vnganc. Thy had no ida that David would rturn this quickly from th war btwn th Philistins and th Isralits I imagin that thy had spis st up 7 to watch his camp for an opportunity lik this. Gill suggsts that th distanc is 88 mils. My Bibl atlas has this 8 at closr to 50 mils, which is mor in lin with th gography that w ar givn as wll as th tim lin of David s march. 1Samul 30:1 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 sâraph ( ) [pronouncd saw-rahf] to suck in, to absorb, to drink in, to swallow down; to absorb or consum [with fir], to burn; to bak [bricks] 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #8313 BDB #976 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, towa affixd to a 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 sh ( ) [pronouncd aysh] fir, lightning, suprnatural fir; prsnc of Y howah, th attndanc of a thophany fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #784 BDB #77 Translation:...and burnd it with fir. Ths Amalkits hat Isral, and thy hav a rason to. God had instructd Isral to dstroy th Amalkits. Isral had struck thm svral tims; David had as wll. Th mutual hat btwn ths two popls would surviv for cnturis, vn to th tim of Esthr and th Prsian displacmnt of Isral (and whn thos tims ar rcalld today, Jws will still hiss th vil man Haman, who sought to dstroy vry Jws in Prsia). Svral commntators attribut this attack to th Amalkits taking vnganc on David spcifically for his attacks against thm (1Sam. 27:8). W do not rally know how closly tid ths Amalkits ar to on anothr. That is, was thr any dirct connction btwn ths various roving bands of Amalkits? Whn David struck a camp, h would wip thm all out. Thrfor, it is not ncssarily so that ths Amalkits ar striking David bcaus of what h has don to anothr faction of thm. By th way, if you had any doubts about whthr David should liv thr or not, what do you think now? God has allowd th Amalkits to burn down whr David and his mn wr living dosn t that tll you somthing? And so thy tak captiv th womn who [ar] in hr from small [or, young] as far as grat. Thy did not kill a man and so thy carry off and so thy go thir way. 1Samul 30:2 Thy also took away captiv th womn who [wr] in Ziklag [lit., hr], both small and grat, [and] thy killd no on. Thy carrid [thm] away and wnt on thir way. 7 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 29:11 30:1. 8 Th MacMillan Bibl Atlas; 3 Edition; Aharoni, Avi-Yonah, Rainy, and Safrai; MacMillan; 1993 by Carta; p. 129 (map #170).
1Samul Chaptr 30 3814 Th Amalkits howvr did not kill anyon but kidnapd all of th womn and childrn from Ziklag. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint And so thy tak captiv th womn who [ar] in hr from small [or, young] as far as grat. Thy did not kill a man and so thy carry off and so thy go thir way. And thy had takn captiv all th popl who wr in thm, both th small and th grat; and thy put to dath th mn of war; and thy took th spoil and wnt on thir way. And as to th womn and all things that wr in it, grat and small, thy killd nithr man nor woman, but carrid thm captivs, and wnt on thir way. Significant diffrncs: Th Hbrw lacks and all, which is found in th LXX. Th Pshitta prsnts an ntirly diffrnt story. Accoing to th Pshitta, David apparntly lft som mn bhind and th Amalkits killd all of thm, and thn took th spoil (which apparntly includd th womn from th camp). Non wr killd in th LXX or MT vrsions. Th Latin, by th way, is in agrmnt with th MT. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT REB TEV...and had takn away th womn and childrn. Thy captu all th womn, young and old. Thy didn't kill anyon, but drov thm lik a h of cattl. Thy had carrid off th womn and childrn and vryon ls but without killing anyon. Thy had takn captiv all th womn, young and old. Thy did not put any to dath, but carrid thm off as thy continud thir march....and captu all th womn; thy had not killd anyon, but had takn vryon with thm whn thy lft. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) Although thy captu th young and old womn who wr thr, thy killd no on. Instad, thy had takn th womn and othr prisonrs and gon away. Thy had takn th womn in it captiv, low-born and high-born alik; thy did not kill any, but carrid thm off and wnt thir way. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: Updatd Emphasizd Bibl HCSB WEB Young's Updatd LT...and had takn captiv th womn and all [as pr th Sptuagint] who wr thr *from th small to th grat*. Thy had not put anyon to dath, but thy had drivn thm out and gon thir way. Thy also had kidnappd th womn and vryon in it from th youngst to th oldst. Thy had killd no on but had carrid thm off as thy wnt on thir way....and had takn captiv th womn and all who wr thrin, both small and grat: thy didn't kill any, but carrid thm off, and wnt thir way....and thy tak captiv th womn who ar in it; from small unto grat thy hav not put any on to dath, and thy lad away, and go on thir way. What is th gist of this vrs? Th Amalkits did not kill any of th inhabitants of David s camp; thy carrid all of thm away captiv.
3815 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:2a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shâbâh ( ) b [pronouncd shaw - VAW] to lad away captivs, to tak captiv 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #7617 BDB #985 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 nâshîym (. ) [pronouncd naw- SHEEM] womn, wivs fminin plural noun; irrgular plural of Strong s #802 Strong s #802 BDB #61 shr ( ) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity with th 3 prson fminin singular suffix BDB #88 Translation: Thy also took away captiv th womn who [wr] in Ziklag... Th Amalkits, lik any group of mal soldirs, ar going to tak an intrst in th womn. Whn thy find a camp filld with womn, it is just lik thy struck gold. Raliz that whn God told Isral that thy had to compltly dstroy a popl, this was not always an asy thing to do. Howvr, I hop you can s by this incidnt alon that it was ncssary for Saul to hav dstroyd all of th Amalkits. Th prks of a soldir wr th things which blongd to thir conqu nmis including thir womn. As w know, David and his mn did not st up a farming community; thy wnt out and attackd othrs and took from thm. David had two wivs and apparntly many of his mn chos wivs as wll, probably from th popl that thy conqu in battl. So, whn th Amalkits cam across a camp with matrial possssions and womn and fw if any mn, this was a grat find for thm. 1Samul 30:2b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, away from, out from, out of, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, abov, byond, mor than, gratr than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 qâ ôn ( or ) [pronouncd kaw-tohn] small, insignificant; a wo particularly usd for youth, youngr masculin singular adjctiv Strong s #6995 & #6996 BDB #882 wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253
1Samul Chaptr 30 3816 1Samul 30:2b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Togthr, min...wa ad ( ) man from...to or both...and; as in from soup to nuts or both young and old. gâdôwl ( ) [pronouncd gaw-dole] grat in quantity, grat in magnitud and xtnt, mighty, vast, unyilding, immutabl; grat things, significant and astonishing [or mind-blowing] things adjctiv oftn usd as a substantiv Strong s #1419 (& #1431) BDB #152 Translation:... [lit., hr], both small and grat,... This is a littl mor difficult to intrprt. It dos not say young and old; although it could b takn to rad young and grat. My tak on this was, th Amalkits took vryon thr; from th small, young childrn to th wivs of David, who wr obviously of a royal bnd. Thy would hav occupid th largst tnt with th most stuff. Th ida is to contrast th smallst childrn with th royal wivs of David, and to indicat that th Amalkits took all of thm captiv. 1Samul 30:2c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 mûwth ( ) [pronouncd mooth] to kill, to caus to di, to put to dath, to xcut 3 prson plural, Hiphil prfct Strong's #4191 BDB #559 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 Translation:...[and] thy killd no on. What Isral did was quit unusual among th popl of that tim dstroying an ntir population along with all of thir things. What w find hr was mor standa among th hathn. Sinc thr wr fw if any mn, ths Amalkits took vrything. This was thir payday, th things which thy took whn thy plund anothr popl. Killing a woman or a child was lik burning your paychck. Jamison, Fausst and Brown commnt: But thir apparnt clmncy did not aris from human considrations. It is tracabl to th ancint war usags of th East, whr th mn of war, on th captur of a city, wr unsparingly put to dath, but thr wr no warriors in Ziklag at th tim. Th 9 womn and boys wr rsrvd for slavs, and th old popl wr spa out of rspct to ag. In th cas of David s camp, I do not bliv that w ar daling with any old popl. David s lading of this band of mn probably continud for a priod of roughly 10 yars, or prhaps lss. 9 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; from -swo, 1Sam. 30:2.
3817 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:2d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâhag ( ) [pronouncd naw- HAHG] to bring, to lad, to urg on a cours, to driv [animals] along, to driv away, to lad away [as a captiv] 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #5090 BDB #624 I would xpct a fminin plural suffix hr, but I don t find that in th Grk or th Hbrw. wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 hâlak ( ) [pronouncd haw LAHK ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 drk ( ) [pronouncd DEH-rk ] way, distanc, road, journy, mannr, cours masculin singular noun with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #1870 BDB #202 Translation:...Thy carrid [thm] away and wnt on thir way. This was th movmnt of th Amalkits into th southrn aras of Judah and Philistia. Thy dstroyd David s camp in Ziklag and took off with all of thir things. It dos not appar as though ths Amalkits had any prmannt hom sinc th attack of Saul in 1Sam. 15. Apparntly thy would tak whatvr thy found with thm and rtir tmporarily to a nw ncampmnt. And so coms in David and his mn unto th ncampmnt and bhold, consumd in th fir. And thir womn and thir sons and thir daughtrs had bn takn captiv. 1Samul 30:3 So David and his mn cam to th ncampmnt and, obsrv, [it had bn] consumd by fir. Also, thir womn, sons and daughtrs had bn takn away captiv. Whn David and his mn approachd thir ncampmnt, thy saw that it had bn burnd to th ground and that thir womn and childrn had bn takn away captiv. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint And so coms in David and his mn unto th city and bhold, consumd in th fir. And thir womn and thir sons and thir daughtrs had bn takn captiv. And David and his mn cam into th city, and, bhold, it was burnt with fir; and thir wivs, and thir sons, and thir daughtrs wr carrid captiv. Significant diffrncs: Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass:
1Samul Chaptr 30 3818 CEV Th Mssag NLT TEV Whn David and his mn cam to Ziklag, thy saw th burnd-out ruins and larnd that thir familis had bn takn captiv. By th tim David and his mn nt th villag, it had bn burnd to th ground, and thir wivs, sons, and daughtrs all takn prisonr. Whn David and his mn saw th ruins and ralizd what had happnd to thir familis,... Whn David and his mn arrivd, thy found that th town had bn burnd down and that thir wivs, sons, and daughtrs had bn carrid away. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo HCSB JPS (Tanakh) By th tim David and his mn cam to th town, it had bn burnd down, and thir wivs, sons, and daughtrs had bn takn captiv. Whn David and his mn arrivd at th town, thy found it burnd down. Thir wivs, sons, and daughtrs had bn kidnappd. Whn David and his mn cam to th town and found it burnd down, and thir wivs and sons and daughtrs takn captiv,... Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: Young's Updatd LT And David coms in and his mn unto th city, and lo, burnt with fir, and thir wivs, and thir sons, and thir daughtrs hav bn takn captiv. What is th gist of this vrs? Whn David and his mn arrivd at thir ncampmnt, thy could s that it had bn burnd to th ground and that thir womn and childrn had bn takn. 1Samul 30:3a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bôw ( ) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions, soldirs, companions masculin plural noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 îyr ( ) [pronouncd r] ncampmnt, city, town fminin singular noun Strong's #5892 BDB #746
3819 Th Book of Samul Translation: So David and his mn cam to th ncampmnt... Evn though th vrb is singular, this is a vry common approach in th Hbrw. Actually, it is David who ntrs into th city; and his mn ar thn addd as sort of an aftrthought. It is his ladrship which is bing mphasizd hr. Evn thought som translators may hav rnd this city, w rally don t know if David and his mn had anything st up which rsmbld a city. My guss is, th most thy had st up was smi-prmannt tnts. Howvr, bar in mind that David s ida was probably to wait Saul out whil living in Philistia. For all h knw, this could tak svral yars. Thrfor, thr may hav bn mor prmannt structurs hr. On th othr hand, David and his mn had bn going out and raiding othr groups of popl in this gnral ara, so thy may not hav dvotd a lot of tim to sttling in yt. Aftr all, thy had only bn in this sit for a littl ovr a yar. This also picks up th narrativ from v. 1a. If you will rcall, vv. 1b 2 wr parnthtical. What had happnd whil David was gon is told to us in thos vrss, somthing which David picd togthr latr. This now tlls us what David and his mn saw as thy nt into thir camp. 1Samul 30:3b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 hinnêh ( ) [pronouncd hin-nay] lo, bhold, or mor frly, obsrv, look hr, look, listn, pay attntion, gt this, chck this out intrjction, dmonstrativ particl Strong s #2009 (and #518, 2006) BDB #243 sâraph ( ) [pronouncd saw-rahf] to suck in, to absorb, to drink in, to swallow down; to absorb or consum [with fir], to burn; to bak [bricks] fminin singular, Qal passiv participl Strong s #8313 BDB #976 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 sh ( ) [pronouncd aysh] fir, lightning, suprnatural fir; prsnc of Y howah, th attndanc of a thophany fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #784 BDB #77 Translation:...and, obsrv, [it had bn] consumd by fir. What ths mn find shocks thm and shaks thm to thir vry souls. I don t bliv that David or his mn thought too dply about what thy had bn doing. Thy had lid to Achish about who thy wr attacking; thy bcam allid with Achish, a Philistin king, as opposd to bing allid with Isral; and whn calld to go to war with Achish, thy wr so obligatd. In othr wos, what thy had bn doing was wrong, and thy did not sm to giv thought to this. Thrfor, lt us xamin... How Did David Gt Himslf into this Mss? 1. David lft Isral, and wnt to Achish, king of Gath. 2. David mad an allianc with Achish and was givn a plac to liv (Ziklag). 3. David, in or to fd and cloth his mn, raidd narby hathn groups and stol thir food, supplis
1Samul Chaptr 30 3820 How Did David Gt Himslf into this Mss? and womn. 4. David told Achish that h was raiding Israli camps. 5. Thrfor, whn Achish askd David to join him, h was obligatd to. 6. David could not tll Achish that h could not fight against Isral bcaus h had supposdly bn fighting against Isral sinc moving to Philistin trritory. 7. Sinc David was allid with Achish, h was obligatd to join him in battl against th nmis of Achish, which including th Isralits. 8. In attacking th camps around him, David had pissd off th nighboring hathn. Thy wr not pissd off at Achish or Isral thy wr upst with David. 9. At th first opportunity, th Amalkits, a group which David had prviously plund, took th opportunity to invad and dstroy David s campsit. 10. It appars as though thy happnd upon this camp by happy coincidnc. Thy wr moving against crtain aras in southrn Judah and this just happnd to b on of thm. As has bn discussd, it is possibl that th Amalkits had bn watching David s campsit. 11. It is unclar whthr thy knw this was David or not; howvr, it is rasonabl to assum that whn thy cam upon this sit, plundring it brought thm grat joy, as thy wr abl to avng thmslvs against David and his small army. 12. This camp was of cours not protctd by mn bcaus David and his mn wr off with Achish. So, as you s, David, by a sris of misstps, has put himslf into this situation. Evrything which happnd to David is just what w would xpct. Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx 1Samul 30:3c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 nâshîym (. ) [pronouncd naw- SHEEM] womn, wivs fminin plural noun; irrgular plural of Strong s #802; with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #802 BDB #61 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bên ( ) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin singular noun with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #1121 BDB #119 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bath ( ) [pronouncd bahth] daughtr; villag fminin singular noun with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #1323 BDB #123
3821 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:3c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs shâbâh ( ) b [pronouncd shaw - VAW] ld away as captivs, takn away captiv 3 prson plural, Niphal prfct Strong s #7617 BDB #985 Translation: Also, thir womn, sons and daughtrs had bn takn away captiv. As mntiond, on of th primary rasons for an attack was to tak away thos things which blong to th losr. Ths gy Amalkits wantd vrything that David and his mn had. Edrshim aptly dscribs what David and his mn cam to find: It was th thi day whn th Hbrws rachd thir Philistin hom. But what a sight grtd thm hr! Brokn walls, blacknd ruins, and th dsolatnss of uttr silnc all around! Th Amalkits had indd takn vnganc for David s rpatd raids upon thm (1Sam. 27:8). Thy had mad an incursion into th Ngb, or south country, and spcially upon Ziklag. In th absnc of its dfndrs, th plac fll an asy pry. Aftr laying it wast, th Amalkits took with thm all th womn and childrn, as wll as th cattl, and any othr booty on which thy could lay hands. It was a trribl surpris...[for] David and his mn. 10 And so lifts up David and th popl who [wr] with him thir voic and so thy wp until that [thr is] not in thm strngth to wp. 1Samul 30:4 Thn David and th popl who [wr] with him liftd up thir voics and thy wpt until [thr] was no mor strngth in thm to wp. David and his mn thn crid until thy had no mor strngth in thm to cry. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint And so lifts up David and th popl who [wr] with him thir voic and so thy wp until that [thr is] not in thm strngth to wp. And David and his mn liftd up thir voic, and wpt till thr was no longr any powr within thm to wp. Significant diffrncs: Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag Thy startd crying and kpt it up until thy wr too wak to cry any mor. David and his mn burst out in loud wails wpt and wpt until thy wr xhaustd with wping. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo Thn David and his mn crid loudly until thy didn't hav th strngth to cry anymor. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: 10 Alf Edrshim, Bibl History Old Tstamnt; 1995 by Hndrickson Publishrs, Inc.; p. 506.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3822 ESV Young's Updatd LT Thn David and th popl who wr with him raisd thir voics and wpt until thy had no mor strngth to wp. And David lifts up and th popl who ar with him thir voic and wp, until that thy hav no powr to wp. What is th gist of this vrs? David and his mn all cry until thy ar without th ability to cry any mor.. 1Samul 30:4a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâsâ ( ) [pronouncd naw-saw] to lift up, to bar, to carry 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #5375 (and #4984) BDB #669 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 am ( ) [pronouncd ahm] popl; rac, trib; family, rlativs; citizns, common popl; companions, srvants; ntir human rac; h [of animals] masculin singular collctiv noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #5971 BDB #766 shr ( ) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] with, at, nar, by, among, dirctly from prposition (which is idntical to th sign of th dirct objct); with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #854 BDB #85 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 qôwl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] sound, voic, nois; loud nois, thundring masculin plural noun with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s #6963 BDB #876 Translation: Thn David and th popl who [wr] with him liftd up thir voics... David and ths mn had functiond for ovr a yar thinking that thr wr no consquncs for thir actions. David was out of fllowship much of th tim and h did not appar to giv God s dirctivs any considration. What I think happnd was: David had hit a strid as a ladr. H had a lot of problms in Isral with Saul, but as a ladr, h was commanding a motivatd and wll-run military unit; thrfor, h gav littl thought to th spiritual aspcts of his lif, as his lif smd to b on th right track. Now, don t gt m wrong prhaps David should hav continud to attack th hathn groups that h was attacking. Th point is, h was in th wrong plac, h was lying, and
3823 Th Book of Samul h was to th point that h was willing to tak his mn and fight against th armis of th Living God. As w hav discussd bfor, David is clarly out of God s plan. Thrfor, it is only a mattr of tim bfor God holds him accountabl for this. What w will find in this chaptr is somthing which w hav not sn for awhil: th Ephod of God. David asks for God to giv him dirction, somthing which has not bn a part of his lif sinc h lft Isral. In vv. 6b 7, it will b clar that David is gtting back into fllowship, which crtainly tlls us that h has not bn in fllowship for awhil. 1Samul 30:4b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bâkâh ( ) [pronouncd baw-kaw] to wp, to cry, to bwail 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #1058 BDB #113 ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 shr ( ) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, ad and shr man until that, until. Gnrally usd of an vnt which occur in th past. êyn ( ) [pronouncd n] nothing, not, [is] not; not prsnt, not rady; xprsss nonxistnc, absnc or nonpossssion; thr is no [non, no on, not] particl of ngation; substantiv of ngation Strong s #369 BDB #34 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix BDB #88 kôach ( ) [pronouncd KOE-ahkh] strngth, powr, ability masculin singular substantiv Strong s #3581 BDB #470 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 bâkâh ( ) [pronouncd baw-kaw] to wp, to cry, to bwail Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #1058 BDB #113 Translation:...and thy wpt until [thr] was no mor strngth in thm to wp. For a yar, David and his mn had njoyd a rspit from Saul. Thy could sttl in. Many of thm had womn. All of thm had possssions which thy had takn as th spoil of war. Lif was good to thm. All of a suddn, vry important matrial possssion along with thir womn wr gon. Smingly, thir world had compltly and totally falln apart. Application: David has xprincd a spiritual stback which has snt him into an motional spiral. Howvr, w ar going to s that h dos not lingr thr. H dos not allow circumstancs to ovrwhlm him. Wll, first, h will h will cry until h can no longr cry but thn h will gt up, dust himslf off, and mov ahad spiritually.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3824 W may b th poorst xcus on this plant for human bings; howvr, w can always gt up, dust ourslvs off, and dpnd upon God for dirction, guidanc and support (unlss w ar undr th sin unto dath, of cours). Application: This dos rquir som positiv volition on our parts. That is, w don t pick ourslvs off th ground and say, God, us m nor do w walk to th narst Sunday school and offr our srvics. Lt m giv you an analogous situation: somon has bn living on th strts, shooting hroin and drinking hug quantitis of alcohol, and thn on day h sobrs up. That prson just can t walk on ovr to NASA th nxt day and say, I am rady to srv man and bcom an astronaut. Thr is som training and som growth involvd hr. It is th sam for th Christian lif a nw blivr or a rcov rvrsionist dos not suddnly walk from thir livs of sin to a pulpit (which is litrally don in som churchs). W bgin with th basics: w gt into fllowship by naming our sins to God and w gt on Bibl doctrin on a daily basis. In th analogy which I prsntd, this is th addict gtting clan and going to collg (or rciving training). David is not a nw blivr. H has grown spiritually for a long tim and h took a hiatus in Ziklag. So David is not starting from zro. Nvrthlss, as w will s in v. 6b, David will strngthn himslf in God this mans, rbound, doctrin and probably prayr. And a pair of wivs of David had bn takn captiv: Ahinoam th Jzrlitss and Abigail a wif of Nabal, th Carmlit. 1Samul 30:5 Also David s two wivs had bn takn captiv: Ahinoam th Jzrlitss and Abigail, th widow [lit., wif] of Nabal th Carmlit. Also, David s two wivs had bn takn: Ahinoam of Jzrl and Abigail of Carml, th widow of Nabal. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And a pair of wivs of David had bn takn captiv: Ahinoam th Jzrlitss and Abigail a wif of Nabal, th Carmlit. And both th wivs of David wr carrid captiv, Achinaam, th Jzralitss, and Abigaia th wif of Nabal th Carmlit. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT David's two wivs, Ahinoam and Abigail, had bn takn captiv with vryon ls. David's two wivs, Ahinoam of Jzrl and Abigail widow of Nabal of Carml, had bn takn prisonr along with th rst. David s two wivs, Ahinoam of Jzrl and Abigail, th widow of Nabal of Carml, wr among thos captu. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo Th Amalkits also captu David's two wivs, Ahinoam from Jzrl and Abigail (who had bn Nabal's wif) from Carml. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB MKJV David's two wivs, Ahinoam th Jzrlit and Abigail th widow of Nabal th Carmlit, had also bn kidnappd. And David's two wivs had bn sizd, Ahinoam of Jzrl, and Abigail, th formr wif of Nabal of Carml.
3825 Th Book of Samul Young's Litral Translation And th two wivs of David hav bn takn captiv, Ahinoam th Jzrlitss, and Abigail wif of Nabal th Carmlit;. What is th gist of this vrs? David s two wivs, Ahinoam and Abigail, had bn takn captiv as wll. 1Samul 30:5a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 sh tayîm ( ) [pronouncd sh TAH- yim] two, two of, a pair of, a duo of fminin numral construct Strong s #8147 BDB #1040 nâshîym (. ) [pronouncd naw- SHEEM] womn, wivs fminin plural construct; irrgular plural of Strong s #802 Strong s #802 BDB #61 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 shâbâh ( ) b [pronouncd shaw - VAW] ld away as captivs, takn away captiv 3 prson plural, Niphal prfct Strong s #7617 BDB #985 Translation: Also David s two wivs had bn takn captiv:... W ar told back in 1Sam. 27:3 that ach man st up a houshold whn living in Gath, indicating that thy wr no longr all bunking togthr in th sam cav. David s houshold includd ths two wivs, both takn hostag by th Amalkits. 1Samul 30:5b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology chîynô am (. ) - [pronouncd uh-kh- NOH- am] my brothr is dlight, and is translitratd Ahinoam propr noun Numbrs Strong s #293 BDB #27 Yiz r êlîyth (. ) [pronouncd yiz -r - ay- LEETH] God will sow; that which God plantd; it is translitratd Jzrlitss gntilic adjctiv; fminin form with th dfinit articl Strong s #3159 BDB #283 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bîygayil (. ) - b [pronouncd a -v- GAH-yil] my fathr is joy (or, joyous); or my fathr s joy; and is translitratd Abigail fminin singular propr noun Strong s #26 BDB #4 îshshâh ( ) [pronouncd sh- SHAWH] woman, wif fminin singular construct Strong's #802 BDB #61
1Samul Chaptr 30 3826 1Samul 30:5b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Nâbâl ( ) [pronouncd naw-bawl] foolish, stupid; impious, wickd; and is translitratd Nabal masculin singular propr noun Strong s #5037 BDB #615 kar m lîy (. ) - [pronouncd kar -m l- EE] gan, plantation and is translitratd Carmlit gntilic adjctiv; masculin form Strong s #3761 BDB #502 Intrstingly nough, Carmlit is in th masculin form hr, although it is in th fminin form in 1Sam. 27:4. Translation:...Ahinoam th Jzrlitss and Abigail, th widow [lit., wif] of Nabal th Carmlit. Ths ar David s two wivs, both namd in almost xactly this sam way in 1Sam. 27:4, whr w cov thm in mor dtail. Th only diffrnc btwn th two passags is, Carmlit is in th masculin form hr and in th fminin form in 1Sam. 27:4. Matthw Hnry commnts: Th mntion of David's wivs, Ahinoam and Abigail, and thir bing carrid captiv, intimats that this circumstanc wnt narr his hart than any thing ls. Not, It is no disparagmnt to th boldst and bravst spirits to lamnt th calamitis of rlations and frinds. 11 A rasonabl qustion is, why do w hav this vrs? W hav alrady bn told that all of th womn and childrn had bn takn captiv isn t this undant? W should ask ourslvs two things whn w com across a passag lik this: why did th author includ it and thn why did God th Holy Spirit includ it? Scriptur is a mlding of th work of mn, who wrot in accoanc with thir own vocabulary, thir own motions, thir own litrary styl, thir own background whil w carrid along by God th Holy Spirit. Th wos of Scriptur ar th wos of th authors that wrot thm as wll as bing God-brathd. I bliv that David wrot th book of Samul, although h crtainly usd som sourc matrial; and th first dozn or so chaptrs wr probably writtn by Samul. Thrfor, David, as th author, is going to includ this information about his wivs bcaus this had a powrful impact upon him. H had two wivs whom h lovd and was dvastatd by this turn of vnts himslf. H was not untouchd by this tragdy. Now, from th divin sid: David has bn out of God s gographical will and out of fllowship as wll for som tim now. God had to gt David s attntion, and this is how H did it. Suddnly, David had sunk to th lowst dpths and, on top of that, h will b blamd for this situation. What is clar is, David must ithr b dstroyd by this turn of vnts or h must mrg as a grat ladr. In this narrativ, God th Holy Spirit maks it clar to us whn David gts back into fllowship with God and how this turns vrything around. Matthw Hnry maks som additional commnts: 1. This troubl cam upon thm whn thy wr absnt. It was th ancint policy of Amalk to tak Isral at an advantag. 2. This troubl mt thm at thir rturn. Not, whn w go abroad [by gtting out of fllowship] w cannot fors what vil tidings may mt us whn w com hom again. Th going out may b vry chrful, and yt th coming in b vry dolful. Do not boast to yourslf of tomorrow, nor of tonight ithr, for you do not know what a day, or vn a portion of a day, may bring forth (Prov. 27:1). If, whn w com off a journy, w find our hom in pac, and not laid wast as David hr found his, lt th Lo b praisd for it. 12 11 12 Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:1 6. Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:1 6. I took grat librtis with th txt.
3827 Th Book of Samul Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx David's Soldirs Turn Against Him/David Turns to God for Guidanc And so sh prsss to David gratly for spok th popl to ston him for was bittr a soul all th popl a man upon his sons and upon his daughtrs. And so strngthns himslf David in Y howah his Elohim. 1Samul 30:6 And it distrssd David gratly for th popl spok to ston him bcaus all th popl wr mbitt [in] soul; ach [on] bcaus of his sons and bcaus of his daughtrs. So David strngthnd himslf in Y howah his Elohim. David was gratly distrssd bcaus th popl spok of stoning him for all th popl wr bittr in thir souls bcaus of thir sons and daughtrs. So David strngthnd himslf in Jhovah his God. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so sh prsss to David gratly for spok th popl to ston him for was bittr a soul all th popl a man upon his sons and upon his daughtrs. And so strngthns himslf David in Yhowah his Elohim. And David was gratly distrssd, bcaus th popl spok of stoning him, bcaus th soul of all th popl was grivd, ach for his sons and his daughtrs: but David strngthnd himslf in th Lo his God. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT REB David was dsprat. His soldirs wr so upst ovr what had happnd to thir sons and daughtrs that thy wr thinking about stoning David to dath. But h flt th LORD God giving him strngth,... And suddnly David was in vn wors troubl. Thr was talk among th mn, bittr ovr th loss of thir familis, of stoning him. David strngthnd himslf with trust in his GOD. David was now in srious troubl bcaus his mn wr vry bittr about losing thir wivs and childrn, and thy bgan to talk of stoning him. But David found strngth in th LORD his God. David was in a dsprat position bcaus th troops, mbitt by th loss of thir sons and daughtrs, thratnd to ston him. David sought strngth in th LORD his God,... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) David was in grat distrss bcaus th popl in thir bittrnss said h should b stond. (Thy wr thinking of thir sons and daughtrs. But David found strngth in th LORD his God.) David was in grat dangr, for th troops thratnd to ston him; for all th troops wr mbitt on account of thir sons and daughtrs. But David sought strngth in th LORD his God. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings:
1Samul Chaptr 30 3828 HCSB Young's Updatd LT David was in a difficult position bcaus th troops talkd about stoning him, for thy wr all vry bittr ovr th loss of thir sons and daughtrs. But David found strngth in th LORD his God. And David has grat distrss, for th popl hav said to ston him, for th soul of all th popl has bn bittr, ach for his sons and for his daughtrs; and David dos strngthn himslf in Jhovah his God. What is th gist of this vrs? Th soldirs wr upst ovr losing thir childrn hr, and dtrmind to ston David, as thir ladr, for this turn of vnts. David is vry upst ovr ths sam things and ovr th popl turning against him, so h turns to God and strngthns himslf in God. 1Samul 30:6a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 tsârar ( ) [pronouncd tsaw-rahr] to prss, to comprss; to bind up, to bind togthr; to lay hold of; to shut up; to opprss, to prscut, to trat with hostility; intransitiv manings: to b distrssd [strssd, in anguish] 3 prson fminin singular, Qal imprfct; probably a homonym Strong s #6887 BDB #864 and #865 David is not th subjct of th vrb for two rasons: th vrb is a 3 prson fminin singular (which I hav confirmd in th Hbrw) and thr is a prposition prcding David. lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 m ôd ( ) [pronouncd m -ODE] xcdingly, xtrmly, gratly, vry advrb Strong s #3966 BDB #547 Translation: And it distrssd David gratly... Until now, David was probably fling prtty good as a ladr; h flt as though h had guidd his mn safly away from Saul and that h had pulld th wool ovr th ys of Achish; but suddnly, David fll to rock bottom. His world had bn takn from him; his ladrship was undr attackd; h was gratly strssd. No song and danc, no li, no moving from hr to thr would solv this situation that h found himslf in. If David wr a boxr, h would hav bn soundly floo with an unxpctd blow to th had. H is not knockd out, but h is rling. 1Samul 30:6b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471
3829 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:6b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 am ( ) [pronouncd ahm] popl; rac, trib; family, rlativs; citizns, common popl; companions, srvants; ntir human rac; h [of animals] masculin singular collctiv noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #5971 BDB #766 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 çâqal ( ) [pronouncd saw-kahl] to throw stons, to ston, to ovrwhlm with stons; possibly to hap stons on th dad [as a disgrac] Qal infinitiv construct with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #5619 BDB #709 Kil and Dlitzsch mak a cas for th lattr intrprtation; howvr, that just dos not mak any sns in this 13 contxt. Translation:...bcaus th popl spok to ston him... His soldirs wr vry upst. It is intrsting; throughout most of th prvious chaptrs, ths ar calld David s mn. Howvr, through this portion of th chaptr, thy ar simply calld th popl, th companions. Thr is no prsonal pronoun attachd. Ths mn ar mad at David and thy want to vnt thir angr against him. So thy spak of stoning him, which bhavior is not atypical for Isralits (compar Ex. 17:4 Num. 14:10). I want you to notic somthing hr: David is distrssd mor than anyon ls (or, lt s say, h has mor rason to b upst than anyon ls). Not only has h suff th loss of his wivs, but his soldirs hav turnd on him. Whn you hav grat authority, you also tak on grat rsponsibilitis. As put by Jamison, Fausst and Brown: David was gratly distrssd, not only on his own prsonal account (1Sam. 30:5), but on account of th vhmnt outcry and insurrctionary thrats against him for having lft th plac so dfnslss that th familis of his mn fll an unrsisting pry to th nmy. Undr th prssur of so unxpctd and widsprad a calamity, of which h was upbraidd as th indirct occasion, th spirit of any othr ladr guidd by oinary motivs would hav sunk. 14 Application: You might think you nd to b in powr; that you nd to b in charg; that you know how to do it bttr than anyon who is ovr you. In truth, w ar all lucky that you ar not in charg of anything. If all you associat with authority is bing abl to do things diffrntly and bing abl to tll othrs what thy should b doing, thn you don t hav th first clu about authority. Ths mn hld David rsponsibl for th vnts which transpi, as wll thy should. Now, xcuting David may b ntirly impropr, but raliz, w ar daling with a mob hr. This is a group of mn who hav just lost thir wivs and childrn and th only prson thy hav to blam is David h is th only prson right thr that thy can dal with. So things could turn ugly. 13 Kil & Dlitzsch s Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; 1966 Hndrickson Publishrs, Inc.; Vol. II, p. 61. 14 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; from -swo, 1Sam. 30:6.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3830 Don t misundrstand in this I am not saying that ths soldirs ar justifid in what thy want to do. Thr is talk of stoning David, and, if David cannot turn things around quickly, h will b takn out of this world by a mob xcution (not a rfrnc to th Cosa Nostra). Th things a mob can do xhibit th uglist, lowst forms of human bhavior. I hav obsrvd mob bhavior at a jail bfor; I hav sn it on tlvision with polic vrsus dmonstrators (on both sids). Many of us hav obsrvd riots on tlvision in various citis whr portions of a city ar burnd and dstroyd and lootd. W hav sn it ovr and ovr again in our history whr mn hav bn lynchd by a mob, apart from a formal trial. I hav witnssd firsthand mob bhavior on a pickt lin. I hav rad about th rap of mur of two girls prformd by a mob of young boys. I hav vn sn mob bhavior in a group of parnts at school. Lt m giv a concrt, day-to-day illustration. As a tachr, I was a difficult, xacting tachr. I xpctd a lot th from my studnts and vn mor from my honors studnts. On yar, about th 3 or 4 day of school, a small mob of parnts showd up in th counslors offic dmanding that thir kids b movd out of my class. Thir 15 childrn honors studnts had bn in my class for only on or two days that s it and ths parnts wr hystrical. Th counslors rfusd to dal with thm as a mob, and w latr dalt with th parnts on st at a tim, along with thir kids. Two daughtrs in particular (from what I could tll) had st this in motion and manipulatd thir parnts into gathring othr parnts. Whn all was said and don, ths two girls rmaind in my class, both actually did quit wll; but, not only had thir parnts undrmind my authority to a grat dgr (which took som work to gain back), but thy undrmind thir own authority by bing so asily manipulatd into a mob-typ action. Sinc this mob was disprsd arly on, all was not lost. Howvr, I would hav bn abl to tak ths kids furthr intllctually had th parnts not allowd thmslvs to b manipulatd by thir childrn into bcoming a mob. By th way, unlss ths parnts larnd from thir vil actions, I don t know of any good which cam out of this mob bhavior. I did not lowr my xpctations and I don t fl as though I got th full coopration of th studnts for a fw days bcaus of all this. In th past, what happnd was, if I smd to b too difficult a tachr for a studnt, th parnts would com in to talk (aftr stting an appointmnt, by th way thy would not just barg in dmanding changs). Thy would not impugn my charactr or taching mthods and thy would not rqust a transfr to an asir tachr. Our discussion would cntr on what w could all do in or to hlp thir son or daughtr to do wll in my class. That mant, what could thy do, what could thir son or daughtr do, and what would I b willing to do. In thos days, w did not talk of lowring my xpctations, w did not spak of moving th child to an asir tachr; w spok of bringing thir child up to my xpctations, and th parnts wr willing to do thir part in or to achiv this. Throughout th yars, I hav had asily a hund studnts who wr concrnd about thir grads and who workd hand-in-hand with m and thir parnts to xcl. From an acadmic prspctiv, ths ar th studnts who got th most out of my classs. I rcall on yar, th highst grad I had in a st of classs was mad by a young lady, a basktball playr, who was vry concrnd at th bginning of th cours about hr grad and about whthr sh could vn pass my class. Sh wnt from this kind of concrn to th highst grad of, if I rcall corrctly, about 80 studnts. Application: Do not vr gt caught up in a mob of any sort. Whn your volition submits to th volition of th mob, you may do things that go against vrything that you bliv. Now, I raliz that most of you will nvr b caught up in a lynch mob or a mob which dstroys public and privat proprty. Howvr, this is not th only kind of mob thr is. Whn you ar involvd in a group of popl who shout down th opposition or mak dmands as a group, all apart from discussion, dbat and rflction; thn you ar part of a mob subjct to mob dynamics and bhavior. Furthrmor, I can guarant you that you ar out of fllowship. Application: W liv in a country whr assmbly and protst ar a part of our tradition; and I am not saying that you cannot gt involvd in this march or that dmonstration. Although I do not prsonally bliv in political solutions, lt s just put that asid for a momnt and assum you ar going to bcom a part of som march or som dmonstration. You hav to rmain in fllowship th ntir tim, and th momnt you s mob bhavior bing xhibitd (.g., shouting down th opposition; any dstruction of prsonal proprty; any trampling of th individual rights of anothr), thn you sparat from that mob. W ar not hr to mak Satan s world a nicr 15 A studnt compltd his full schdul of courss in two days.
3831 Th Book of Samul world to liv in. God did not call us to mak a paradis out of this world. God did not call us to turn this world into a Gan of Edn. Non of this is going to happn. God calld us to vangliz and to larn th Wo of God and to sprad th Wo of God. 1Samul 30:6c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 mârâh ( ) [pronouncd maw- RAWH] to b bittr; to b disobdint, to b rbllious; to rsist, to oppos, to rbl, to rbl against, to b contntious 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong s #4784 BDB #598 I hav 3 diffrnt Hbrw Bibls; vry singl on of thm has th wo mârâh. Howvr, all of th English languag rfrnc books I hav rfrnc th nxt wo... mârar ( ) [pronouncd maw- RAHR] to flow, to drop; to b sad, to griv, to cry [with tars of sadnss]; to mbittr, to mak bittr 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong s #4843 BDB #600 nphsh ( ) [pronouncd NEH-fsh] soul, lif, living bing, dsir fminin singular noun Strong s #5315 BDB #659 kôl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] th whol, all of, th ntirty of, all; can also b rnd any of masculin singular construct followd by a dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 am ( ) [pronouncd ahm] popl; rac, trib; family, rlativs; citizns, common popl; companions, srvants; ntir human rac; h [of animals] masculin singular collctiv noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #5971 BDB #766 Translation:...for all th popl wr mbitt [in] soul;... David s soldirs wr mbitt in thir souls. All thy could think is, thy lost all that thy had and David was th caus. Ths mn wr rady to kill David thn and thr. Rmmbr, this is a group of mn who ar not th kind who just go along with whovr is in powr. Whn facd with th situation thy facd that day, thy wr rady to nd David s lif, if for no othr rason than prsonal satisfaction. By th way, this phras is ky in undrstanding th motivation of ths mn. Thy ar motivatd by mntal attitud sins. Thy hav not thought this through; thy hav not wighd th options; thy hav not stoppd to think that mayb thy ar to blam as wll. Thy ar bittr ovr what has happnd and thy want a scap goat. Thy want David to suffr as thy ar suffring.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3832 1Samul 30:6d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 al ( ) [pronouncd ahl ] upon, byond, on, against, abov, ovr; on th ground of, bcaus of, accoing to, on account of, on bhalf of, with, by, bsids, in addition to, to, towa, togthr with, in th mattr of, concrning, as rgas to prposition of proximity Strong s #5921 BDB #752 bên ( ) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin plural noun with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #1121 BDB #119 I would xpct to find a yodh btwn th suffix and th bên to indicat that bên is plural; but I do not find that 16 in my Hbrw txts. Th Grk confirms that this is plural. Rothrham informs us that this is writtn son but rad sons. Again, this is on of thos many cass whr th txt was probably corruptd, but no on da chang th txt whn latr copid. w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 al ( ) [pronouncd ahl ] upon, byond, on, against, abov, ovr; on th ground of, bcaus of, accoing to, on account of, on bhalf of, with, by, bsids, in addition to, to, towa, togthr with, in th mattr of, concrning, as rgas to prposition of proximity Strong s #5921 BDB #752 bath ( ) [pronouncd bahth] daughtr; villag fminin plural noun with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #1323 BDB #123 st Accoing th Own, this is a 1 prson singular suffix; howvr, in my Hbrw Bibls, it is th 3 prson masculin singular suffix. Th Grk confirms this. Translation:...ach [on] bcaus of his sons and bcaus of his daughtrs. Th rason ths mn wr so upst was bcaus all of thir sons and daughtrs wr gon. As far as thy knw, thir childrn had bn killd. Nothing can caus a parnt mor pain than to think his childrn had bn killd. David, as thir ladr and guid, was rsponsibl for this in thir ys and to som xtnt, h was. Matthw Hnry summarizs this first portion of v. 6: Th mutiny and murmuring of David's mn against him (1Sam. 30:6): David was gratly distrssd, for, in th midst of all his losss, his own popl spok of stoning him, 1. Bcaus thy lookd upon him as th occasion of thir calamitis, by th provocation 16 Josph Bryant Rothrham s Th Emphasizd Bibl; h1971 by Krgl Publications; p. 320.
3833 Th Book of Samul h had givn th Amalkits, and his indiscrtion in laving Ziklag without a garrison in it. Thus apt ar w, whn w ar in troubl, to fly into a rag against thos who ar in any way th occasion of our troubl, whil w ovrlook th divin providnc, and hav not that rga to th oprations of God's hand in it which would silnc our passions, and mak us patint. 2. Bcaus now thy bgan to dspair of that prfrmnt which thy had promisd thmslvs in following David. Thy hopd that in this to hav bn all princs; and now to find thmslvs all bggars was such a disappointmnt to thm as mad thm grow outragous, and thratn th lif of him on whom, undr God, thy had th gratst dpndnc. What absuitis will not ungovrnd passions plung mn into? This was a sor trial to th man aftr God's own hart, and could not but go vry nar him. Saul had drivn him from his country, th Philistins had drivn him from thir camp, th Amalkits had plund his city, his wivs wr takn prisonrs, and now, to complt his wo, his own familiar frinds, in whom h trustd, whom h had shlt, and who did at of his brad, instad of sympathizing with him and offring him any rlif, liftd up th hl against him and thratnd to ston him. Grat faith must xpct such svr xrciss. 17 1Samul 30:6 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 châzaq ( ) [pronouncd khaw- ZAHK] to b confirmd, to b stablishd; to strngthn onslf, to tak courag; to show onslf to b strong or nrgtic; to aid, to assist 3 prson masculin singular, Hithpal imprfct Strong s #2388 BDB #304 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix BDB #88 YHWH ( ) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 lôhîym ( ) [pronouncd l-o-heem] gods or God; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #430 BDB #43 Translation:...So David strngthnd himslf in Y howah his Elohim. Hr is anothr turning point in David s lif. H can go nowhr ls but to God for strngth and ncouragmnt. W ar not 100% crtain of th mchanics hr, as non ar givn. No doubt, David did confss his prsonal sins to God; whthr h prayd or rad from th Law or rad from his psalms, or vn wrot a psalm, w do not know. Howvr, David did hav 18 nough doctrin in his soul to faith-rst at this point. 17 Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:1 6. I rplacd th wo r with that in. 18 Faith-rst is a trm of R. B. Thim Jr. s maning that David plac his faith and trust in God and blivd that God would dlivr him from this jam.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3834 Now look back on v. 5: I had posd th qustion, why did David and why did God th Holy Spirit includ th fact that David s two wivs had bn takn? Lt m giv you a bttr answr now: this indicats that David was in th xact sam situation has his mn. H lost his wivs as wll. H had rason himslf to b upst and irrational. H had rason to ract as his mn did (possibly vn to th point of taking his own lif in dspair); but David dos not. David strngthns himslf in God. David racts to th prssurs of lif as h should by strngthning himslf in God. Now might b a good tim to xamin som rlatd Scriptur: Strngthning Onslf in th Midst of Tragdy with God s Wo Citation Psalm 18:6 Psalm 27:1 3 Psalm 40:1 2 Psalm 42:5 Psalm 56:3 4 Psalm 56:11 Psalm 62:1 8 Rom. 8:31 2Cor. 1:9 10 Hb. 13:6 (Psalm 118:6) Scriptur In my distrss I calld on Jhovah and I crid to my God; H ha my voic out of His tmpl, and my cry wnt bfor Him, into His ars. Jhovah is my light and my salvation; whom shall I far? Jhovah is th strngth of my lif; of whom shall I b afraid? Whn th vildors, my nmis and my fos, cam upon m to at my flsh, thy stumbld and fll. If an army should camp against m, my hart shall not far. Though war riss against m, in this I am trusting. Waiting I hav waitd on Jhovah; and H turnd to m and ha my cry. And H drw m up from th pit of tumult, out of th miry clay; H liftd my ft on a rock; H dirctd my stps. O my soul, why ar you cast down and moan within m? Hop in God, for I shall yt thank Him for th salvation of His prsnc. Th day I am afraid I will trust in You. In God I will prais His Wo; in God I hav trustd; I will not far; what will flsh do to m? In God I hav trustd; I will not far; what will man do to m? Although it appars as though David may hav writtn Psalm 56 at this tim, h wrot it whn h first mt th King of Gath and had bn sizd by Achish s castl gua (1Sam. 21 compa with Psalm 56 inscription). Only to God is my soul silnt; from Him coms my salvation. H alon is my rock and my salvation, my strong towr; I shall not b gratly movd. Until whn will you brak in against a man? You will shattr him, all of you, lik a bowing wall, a tottring fnc. Surly, thy plottd to cast him down from his xcllnt dignity; thy dlight in lis; thy blss with thir mouth, but thy curs in thir inwa parts. Slah. Only b silnt to God, O my soul, for my hop coms from Him. H alon is my rock and my salvation, my strong towr; I shall not b shakn. On God is my salvation and my glory; my strong rock, my rfug is in God. Trust in Him at vry tim, you popl; pour out your hart bfor Him; God is a rfug for us. What thn shall w say to ths things? If God is for us, who can b against us? But w ourslvs hav th sntnc of dath in ourslvs, that w should not trust on ourslvs, but on God, th On raising th dad, who dliv us from so grat a dath, and dos dlivr; in whom w hav hop that H will still dlivr us. So that w may boldly say, "Th Lo is my hlpr, and I will not b afraid. What shall man do to m?"
3835 Th Book of Samul By th way, ths ar good Scripturs to kp somwhr in cas you find yourslf in a difficult situation. Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx As Matthw Hnry points out: Thos that hav takn th Lo for thir God may tak ncouragmnt from thir rlation to him in th worst of tims. It is th duty and intrst of all good popl, whatvr happns, to ncourag thmslvs in God as thir Lo and thir God, assuring thmslvs that h can and will bring light out of darknss, pac out of troubl, and good out of vil. 19 Although I do not want to brak up this narrativ, at th nd of this chaptr, I bliv w will go to Psalm 118 and 143 to attmpt to captur David s flings at this point in tim. I don t know if ithr psalm was writtn around this tim (or vn if David wrot Psalm 118); but thy ar indicativ of David s situation at last. Notic th contrast btwn David and his mn. All had bn struck by th sam fat. All th marrid mn lost thir wivs and childrn; David lost two wivs. All wr grivd and crid until thy could cry no mor. But hr is whr th similarity nds David s mn sought to tak this out on a scapgoat. Thy could blam David (which is not compltly unfair) and thy could xcut him; or mutiny against him. Now, think about this: whr would this gt thm? How would this solv anything? Onc David was stond to dath, what would b thir nxt mov? Ths mn did not think past that. Thy had thir grif and thir angr. Thy had xrcisd thir grif and now, thy wantd to xrcis thir angr. Howvr, whn all is said and don, if thy stond David, thy will now b without a ladr, and lss likly abl to rcovr thir familis. David, on th othr hand, not only facs grif, but facs bing killd by his own mn. His situation is vn mor blak. Howvr, as w ar oftn forcd to do undr grat prssur, David lookd to God. Rcall that, somtims, th only way God can gt your attntion is to put you undr grat prssur; plung you into grat pain; mak you fac trmndous difficultis. Thr is no tlling how long David would hav continud in this way out of God s gographical will, out of fllowship as long as things wnt wll. H has a good lif hr. H and his mn had thir familis. Thy raidd various hathn groups and took all of thir food and possssions. Thy wr no longr thratnd by Saul. This mant that David rmaind out of fllowship for a long tim. God had to gt David s attntion: God first put David in a morally ambiguous situation, for which David had nothing h could do to xtricat himslf from this situation; thn God had th Amalkits raid David s camp and tak away th womn and childrn. Somtims, God has to act with grat drama to gt our attntion. Most of us, if lif was good, if w got whatvr w wantd in lif, thn w would giv littl or no thought to God. Application: Don t mak God hav to gt your attntion through som trribl tragdy. Stay in fllowship and kp on larning th Wo of God. If you gt so caught up in lif that you forgt your rlationship to God, thn xpct somthing horrndous to go wrong in or to gt your attntion. You may los your job, you may los your savings, your hom may b floodd, a family mmbr may gt a trribl disas. Thr ar nough trials and tribulations that w will go through in this lif. Don t add to ths by shutting God out of your lif. God might b disciplining you and God might b tsting you; but, in ithr cas, God is right thr. And so says David unto Abiathar th prist, son of Ahimlch, Bring plas to m th Ephod. And so brings Abiathar th Ephod unto David. 1Samul 30:7 David thn said to Abiathar th prist, th son of Ahimlch, Plas bring th Ephod to m. So Abiathar brought th Ephod to David. David thn said to Abiathar th prist, th son of Ahimlch, Plas bring th Ephod to m. So Abiathar brought th Ephod to David. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: 19 Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 29:1 6.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3836 Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so says David unto Abiathar th prist, son of Ahimlch, Bring plas to m th Ephod. And so brings Abiathar th Ephod unto David. And David said to Abiathar th prist th son of Achimlch, Bring nar th phod. Th Alxandrian LXX, th Latin Vulgat, th Pshitta and th MT all contain th scond sntnc So Abiathar brought th Ephod to David. This sntnc is missing from th LXX. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV. Th Mssag. REB...and h said to th prist, "Abiathar, lt's ask God what to do." Abiathar brought vrything h ndd to gt answrs from God, and h wnt ovr to David. H o Abiathar th prist, son of Ahimlch, "Bring m th Ephod so I can consult God." Abiathar brought it to David....and told Abiathar th prist, son of Abimlch, to bring th phod. Whn Abiathar had brought th phod,... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo. David told th prist Abiathar, Ahimlch's son, "Plas bring m th pristly phod." So Abiathar brought David th phod. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: Kil and Dlitzsch (rvisd) Young's Updatd LT. David said to th prist Abiathar son of Ahimlch, Bring th phod up to m. Whn Abiathar brought up th phod to David,... And David says unto Abiathar th prist, son of Ahimlch, `Bring nar, I pray you, to m th phod;' and Abiathar brings nar th phod unto David, What is th gist of this vrs? For th first tim sinc 1Sam. 23:9, David calls for Abiathar th prist to bring th phod nar to him. 1Samul 30:7a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39
3837 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:7a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs b yâthâr ( ) [pronouncd b -yaw- THAWR] th Grat On is fathr; my fathr is grat; translitratd Abiathar masculin propr noun Strong s #54 BDB #5 kôhên ( ) [pronouncd koh-hane] prist masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #3548 BDB #463 bên ( ) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin singular construct Strong s #1121 BDB #119 chîymlk (. ) [pronouncd uh-kh- MEH-lk] brothr of Mlk or brothr of a king and is translitratd Ahimlch masculin propr noun Strong s #288 BDB #27 Translation: David thn said to Abiathar th prist, th son of Ahimlch,... Aftr David had rboundd and thn prayd to God and/or studid God s Wo, h ndd guidanc. On of th wondrful things about David is, h obsrvs no miracls, God dos not spak to David dirctly; but h still looks to God for guidanc. David gos to God through an intrmdiary, th young prist Abiathar, who will mak it possibl for David to know God s will. In cas you don t rcall, Saul xcutd all of th prists at Nob (at last, thos in lin for th High Pristhood) and only Abiathar got away (1Sam. 22). H scapd to David and brought with him th Ephod of God (1Sam. 23:6). Intrstingly nough, th last tim that w know David calld for th Ephod was 1Sam. 23:9 although, it is possibl that h askd for it sinc thn, thr ar no rcod circumstancs whr David actually mad us of th Ephod. On th othr hand, that dos not man that David has bn out of fllowship sinc 1Sam. 23 w hav a numbr of incidnts whr David chos to do th right thing by Saul. Our first inkling that David is out of fllowship is whn h movs to Philistia which stat of dis-fllowship, h is about to rctify. I hop that you ar struck with th contrast btwn this chaptr and 1Sam. 28. In that chaptr, Saul could not communicat with God in any way, so h wnt to a mdium and calld for Samul to com back from th grav to hlp guid him. Samul dos not rally guid Saul, pr s, but just tlls him what will com to pass. David gos to a prist, who rprsnts Jsus Christ, and th prist guids David in what to do. On of th significant diffrncs btwn David and Saul is, whn David mad a mistak, h was willing to admit it and mov on; whn David rcivd dirction from God, h followd that dirction. Whn Saul mad a mistak, h rationalizd it; whn God told him what to do, somtims Saul did it, somtims h did it half way, and somtims h just did not do what God mandatd that h do. 1Samul 30:7b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs nâgash ( ) [pronouncd naw-gash] bring nar, bring hr nd 2 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprativ (with a voluntativ hê) Strong's #5066 BDB #620 nâ ( ) [pronouncd naw] plas, I pray you, I rspctfully implor (ask, or rqust of) you, I urg you particl of ntraty Strong's #4994 BDB #609
1Samul Chaptr 30 3838 1Samul 30:7b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êphôwd ( ) [pronouncd ay-fohd] is translitratd phod masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #646 BDB #65 Translation:... Plas bring th Ephod to m. Rcall that th Ephod was part of th prist s outfit which apparntly smd to giv a ys or no answr to whomvr inqui of God through it. Most agr that ths wr shouldr pads and whichvr on lit up indicatd which answr God indicatd. Plas rcall that w xamind th Doctrin of th Ephod (PDF vrsion) in 1Sam. 23:6. By th way, you will notic a markd diffrnc btwn Saul and David whn it cam to th Ephod. Saul calld for th prist and th Ephod in 1Sam. 14:18, but thn h nvr askd any qustions. H was not rally that concrnd with bing guidd by God. Instad, h maks a stupid vow. David will call for th Ephod and h will ask of God what h should do and thn h will do whatvr God rquirs him to do. Application: Now, mayb you ar in difficult circumstancs right now and your commnt is, wll, hll, if I had an phod, I d damn sur know what to do as wll! You hav th compltd canon of Scriptur. Accss today to outstanding Bibl taching is as asy as finding a drink of watr. God s Wo is capabl of guiding you; a good tachr, through th taching of God s Wo, is vry bit as good th having th Ephod of God. If you don t know this, thn you do not know th Wo of God. 20 On commntator (Matthw Hnry ) asks why David did not consult th Ephod bfor joining up with Achish in Aphk. I hop for you, this is a simpl answr: David was out of fllowship h is not going to ask God s guidanc whn h is out of fllowship. Now, his conscious thinking is probably not, I m out of fllowship, so I am not going to ask God what to do. His conscious thinking is probably, Wll, yah, I should join up with Achish; how can I rfus my host? To consult God is not on th forfront of David s thinking until v. 6b of this chaptr. 1Samul 30:7c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâgash ( ) [pronouncd naw-gash] to bring nar, to bring hr; to caus to draw nar, to caus to approach 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct Strong's #5066 BDB #620 b yâthâr ( ) [pronouncd b -yaw- THAWR] th Grat On is fathr; my fathr is grat; translitratd Abiathar masculin propr noun Strong s #54 BDB #5 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 êphôwd ( ) [pronouncd ay-fohd] is translitratd phod masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #646 BDB #65 20 Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:7 20.
3839 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:7c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 Translation: So Abiathar brought th Ephod to David. Abiathar rscud th Ephod whn Saul cam and massac th prists at Nob. H scapd with his lif and th Ephod and knw to com to David. This also tlls us somthing that w would hav assumd: Abiathar accompanid David to Aphk to mt up with Achish. Evn though h was a vry young man (my guss is arly or mid-tns), David took with him all young mn who could fight. W ar nvr told a cut off ag; my guss is somwhr around 12 14 would hav bn th cut off ag btwn a child and a vry young adult (dpnding upon th circumstancs). Now, bar in mind, David and his mn hav bn togthr for prhaps tn yars. This is also an stimation. Although it is possibl that som of ths mn cam to David with familis, thr is no mntion of that. Howvr, just as David did, w may assum that ths mn got marrid as thy wr on th run from Saul. Thrfor, th cut off ag btwn childrn and adults was an asy call hr. All of th childrn would hav bn undr 10 yars of ag; Abiathar would hav probably bn a young adult. As an asid, about 20 yars in th futur, Abiathar will hav a son, Ahimlch, whom h will nam aftr his fathr; and this son will b old nough to assum som adult dutis (2Sam. 8:17); so it is vn possibl that Abiathar has, ovr ths past vw yars, gottn marrid and it is vn possibl that h has fath a child by this tim. And so inquirs David in Y howah to say, I pursu aftr th band [of soldirs] th this; will I ovrtak thm? And so h says to him, Pursu for an ovrtaking you will ovrtak and a rscuing you will rscu. 1Samul 30:8 David thn inqui of Y howah, saying, I will pursu aftr this dtachmnt [of soldirs]; will I ovrtak thm? And h said to him, Pursu [thm] for you will [dfinitly] ovrtak [th maraudrs] and you will [dfinitly] rscu [th captivs]. David thn askd Jhovah, If I pursu ths maraudrs, will I ovrtak thm? And Abiathar said to him, Pursu thm, for you will ovrtak th maraudrs and you will rscu th popl. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint And so inquirs David in Yhowah to say, I pursu aftr th band [of soldirs] th this; will I ovrtak thm? And so h says to him, Pursu for an ovrtaking you will ovrtak and a rscuing you will rscu.. And David nqui of th Lo, saying, Should I pursu aftr this troop? Will I ovrtak thm? And h said to him, Pursu, for you shalt surly ovrtak thm,
1Samul Chaptr 30 3840 and you shalt surly rscu th captivs. [with th wo troop, thr is this inscrutabl footnot: Th Grk is borrowd from th Hbrw]. Significant diffrncs: Th first Hbrw sntnc of David s is a phras and not a qustion in th Hbrw; both phrass of David ar qustions in th Grk and th Pshitta. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV NLT Thn David askd th LORD, "Should I go aftr th popl who raidd our town? Can I catch up with thm?" "Go aftr thm," th LORD answ. "You will catch up with thm, and you will rscu your familis." Th David askd th LORD, Should I chas thm? Will I catch thm? And th LORD told him, Ys, go aftr thm. You will surly rcovr vrything that was takn from you! Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo HCSB Thn David askd th LORD, "Should I pursu ths troops? Will I catch up with thm?" "Pursu thm," th LORD told him. "You will crtainly catch up with thm and rscu th captivs."...and David askd th LORD: "Should I pursu ths raidrs? Will I ovrtak thm?" Th LORD rplid to him, "Pursu thm, for you will crtainly ovrtak thm and rscu th popl." Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: Th Amplifid Bibl Updatd Emphasizd Bibl Young's Updatd LT. And David inqui of th Lo, saying, Shall I pursu this troop? Shall I ovrtak thm? Th Lo answ him, Pursu; for you shall surly ovrtak thm, and without fail rcovr all. And David inqui of Yahwh, saying, Should I pursu this troop? Will I ovrtak it? And h said to him: Pursu, for you will 5ovrtak5 and you will 5rscu5. and David asks Jhovah, saying, I pursu aftr this troop do I ovrtak it? And H says to him, Pursu, for you do crtainly ovrtak, and do crtainly dlivr. What is th gist of this vrs? David tlls God that h will pursu thos who attackd his camp; h asks if h will ovrtak thm. God answrs, saying, Pursu thm and you will ovrtak thm and dlivr your popl. 1Samul 30:8a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shâ al ( ) [pronouncd shaw-ahl] to ask [ptition, rqust, inquir]; to dmand; to qustion, to intrrogat; to ask [for a loan]; to consult; to salut 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #7592 BDB #981
3841 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:8a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 YHWH ( ) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55 Translation: David thn inqui of Y howah, saying,... You will notic that David, aftr strngthning himslf in God, also gos to God, through th prist, to find out xactly what w should do. Actually, this is intrsting, as th English translations sm lik that is what David is doing asking at last two qustions. Howvr, I would tak issu with thir translations. Howvr, so far, w ar fin David gos to God and inquirs of Him. At this point, prtty much all of ths translations ar in agrmnt. It is quit intrsting that David s inquiris ar dirctd towa God hr and in 1Sam. 23. W would xpct, with having a rsourc lik that, that David would go to God ovr and ovr for answrs. Howvr, this dos not appar to b th cas. David inquirs of God in 1Sam. 23 and in this chaptr. Of cours w would not xpct David to ask God what h should do in th prvious fw chaptrs bcaus h is out of God s gographical will and out of fllowship. Howvr, vn in th chaptrs whn bing pursud by Saul, David did not inquir of God (at last, w hav no rco of that). You might think, I d chck with God vry singl day to figur out what to do. Not ncssarily so. Going to th Ephod for answrs was on of th ways that gtting divin viwpoint. Today, w would go to th Wo of God. Do you go to th Wo of God daily? If so, thn mayb you would hav gon to th Ephod daily as wll. Howvr, just bcaus you consult a fortun tllr vry month or so dos not man that you would inquir of God as oftn. In fact, many don t want to know bcaus thy don t rally want to oby God. Lt m so bold as to b your phod for a momnt or two: that sin you ar thinking about doing? Don t do it. That sin you committd? Confss it to God. Going to Bibl class tonight? Th phod says, do it. Is thr no Bibl class tonight? Listn to an MP3 fil or a tap of a good Bibl tachr. Or, if you happn to fall aslp whn you do that, thn gt up an hour arlir tomorrow and listn to th taching of th Wo of God. Do you s how asy it is? Okay, you hav a major, lif-altring dcision to mak apart from going to Bibl class and apart from committing som sin Paul tlls you what to do: don t do anything. If you ar a slav, do not sk your fom; if you hav bn f, do not sk to b nslavd again. Ar you marrid? Don t divorc. Ar you singl? Do not gt marrid. Th ky hr is, gt nough doctrin undr your blt bfor you bgin making th big dcisions. You may b surprisd to find how asy ths dcisions ar to mak, onc you know th Wo of God.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3842 1Samul 30:8b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 râdaph ( ) [pronouncd raw-dahf] to pursu, to follow aftr; to chas with hostil intnt, to prscut st 1 prson singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #7291 BDB #922 achêr ( ) - [pronouncd ah-khehr] anothr, following, othr as wll as forign, alin, strang adjctiv/substantiv Strong s #312 BDB #29 g dûwd ( ) [pronouncd g DOOD] troop, band [of soldirs], division, dtachmnt; an incision, cutting [of th skin]; furrow [of a fild] masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #1416 (& #1417 1418) BDB #151 A dtachmnt of soldirs cut through or brak up thir nmis. Although Strong lists ths as homonyms, thy ar rally th sam Hbrw wo. zh ( ) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, thus dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Translation:... I will pursu aftr this dtachmnt [of soldirs];... Not that th first thing that David says is not rally a qustion. H dos not ask God if h should pursu th maraudrs who ovrran his camp; h says that h is going to do it. At this point, his own lif is not as important as doing what is right. Evn if David knw his plan was doomd, h would not shak his had, go to his soldirs, and tll thm it was hoplss, so thy ar not going. David is pursuing ths Amalkits. That is a givn. Honor rquirs crtain things of a man. For instanc, honor rquirs that Saul lad his troops into battl, vn though thy will los. Saul dos hav som smblanc of honor and h will go into battl against th Philistins (actually, this is taking plac cotrminously with David s situation). At this point, David rally has no choic but to pursu th maraudrs who hit his camp. Thr is no altrnativ; if h trid to convinc his mn to rmain thr (somthing h would nvr do), thy would ston him first and thn pursu th Amalkits. Howvr, David himslf would pursu ths Amalkits vn if it wr just him, as thy ran off with his two wivs. His prsonal safty is not rally an issu; th ida of asking th qustion, Should w pursu ths mn? is ludicrous. This is why it is not framd as a qustion in th Hbrw or in my translation. 1Samul 30:8c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h ( ) [pronouncd hh] intrrogativ particl which acts almost lik a pic of punctuation, lik th upsid-down qustion mark which bgins a Spanish sntnc. Th vrb to b may b implid. Strong s #non BDB #209 nâsag ( ) - [pronouncd naw-sahg] to rach, to ovrtak st 1 prson singular, Hiphil imprfct; with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #5381 BDB #673
3843 Th Book of Samul Translation:...will I ovrtak thm? David asks but on qustion (at last, thr is only on qustion that w find hr); will h catch up to this band of marauding Amalkits? I should add, at this point, h dos not rally know who his attackrs ar. H dos not know if thy ar Amalkits or what. 1Samul 30:8d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix BDB #510 râdaph ( ) [pronouncd raw-dahf] to pursu, to follow aftr; to chas with hostil intnt, to prscut nd 2 prson masculin singular, Qal imprativ Strong s #7291 BDB #922 Translation:...And h said to him, Pursu [thm]... God answrs David, Pursu thm. That is an or. This imprativ may b why most English vrsions prsnt David s first phras as a qustion. Hr is whr som intrprtation coms in. First of all, whn it rads h said to him, this is Abiathar spaking to David. Scondly, what w know about th Ephod is limitd. Howvr, thr is no indication that it could talk and thr is no indication that th prist could frly intrprt th rsponss. My ducatd guss is, David ithr askd thr qustions, which I do not bliv to b th cas; or, th prist took what David said and askd th qustions himslf. Should David pursu th ons who invadd th camp? Will David ovr tak thm? Will David rscu th womn and childrn? At th vry last, Abiathar askd th lattr two qustions as th first action was a givn. Essntially, what w find hr is th qustions combind with th answrs. Going with this intrprtation, Abiathar, th prist asks, Should David pursu ths maraudrs? and th Ephod flashs back a ys answr. Or, vn mor likly basd upon his two qustions which follow, that ar implid, Abiathar ncouragd David hr to pursu th Amalkits. In othr wos, my thinking is that, pursu is an or by Abiathar, indicating that th rsults of David s pursuit would b good, which Abiathar dtrmind by th answrs h rcivd to th two qustions which ar implid ( Will David ovrtak th maraudrs and will h rcovr that which blongs to th Isralit band? ). Now, rcall that thr ar two stons, on on ach shouldr, and my guss is on indicatd ys and th othr indicatd no. Somhow thy lit up and that providd th answr. Whthr it was a rflction of th sun through th ston, I do not know. You may wondr, why don t w know how this workd xactly? God did not dsign our dispnsation to b dpndd upon an Ephod. As God compltd His Wo, H also wand man from signs, miracls, and dirct contact. God has placd vrything w nd to know in His Wo. God dos not want somon attmpting to rcrat th Ephod of old. H dos not want us to go to som prist lik a fortun tllr to dtrmin what w should do tomorrow or th nxt day. God xpcts us to b guidd by th filling of th Spirit and by His Wo. Application: Prtty much all you nd in or for God to guid you is th filling of th Holy Spirit and th daily intak of His Wo. Evrything ls will tak car of itslf.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3844 1Samul 30:8 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 nâsag ( ) - [pronouncd naw-sahg] to rach, to ovrtak Hiphil infinitiv absolut Strong s #5381 BDB #673 nâsag ( ) - [pronouncd naw-sahg] to rach, to ovrtak nd 2 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #5381 BDB #673 Th infinitiv absolut has four uss: whn found alon, it somtims acts as an English grund, so that w may add ing to th nd of th vrb; Whn found dirctly bfor its vrbal cognat, it srvs to intnsify or strngthn th action or th maning of th vrb which follows; Whn it follows its cognat vrb, it mphasizs th duration or th continuation of th vrbal ida; and, it is somtims usd as a substitut for 21 a finit vrb form. Th scond us is what w hav hr and in th nxt phras. Translation:...for you will [dfinitly] ovrtak [th maraudrs]... Abiathar asks, Will David ovrtak ths mn? Th rspons is a dfinit ys. Th combination of a Hiphil infinitiv absolut and a Hiphil imprfct indicats that this will dfinitly occur. Although w might litrally rndr this, for ovrtaking, you will ovr tak; but th doubling of th vrb givs grat mphasis to th vrb. Abiathar tlls David that, without a doubt, h would catch up to thos to invadd his ncampmnt. 1Samul 30:8f Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 nâtsal ( ) [pronouncd naw- TSAHL] to snatch away, to dlivr, to rscu, to snatch out of dangr, to prsrv Hiphil infinitiv absolut Strong s #5337 BDB #664 nâtsal ( ) [pronouncd naw- TSAHL] to snatch away, to dlivr, to rscu, to snatch out of dangr, to prsrv, to rcovr nd 2 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #5337 BDB #664 Translation:...and you will [dfinitly] rscu [th captivs]. Abiathar also askd th most important qustion of all, Will th womn and childrn b rscud and God answrs in th affirmativ. Th addition of th infinitiv absolut of th vrb indicats that th answr God gav thm was clar and unquivocal. Now, th forms of th vrbs that w find ar in agrmnt with th scnario that I prsntd. Abiathar askd God only two qustions: Will David ovrtak th maraudrs? Will David rcovr our possssions? Abiathar rcivd two strongly affirmativ answrs to this, through th us of th Ephod (th mchanics of which w ar unawar). Bcaus ths answrs ar so clarly affirmativ, Abiathar nthusiastically tlls David to pursu th marauding band. This is not a rspons to a qustion; th morphology of th vrb is ntirly diffrnt; this is mor of ncouragmnt from Abiathar. 21 Biblical Hbrw; Pag Klly; William B. Emans Publishing Co., 1992, pp. 184 185.
3845 Th Book of Samul Again, apart from bringing th Ephod, Abiathar is not vn mntiond in this narrativ. Howvr, I hav assumd that all of th convrsation btwn God and David wnt through Abiathar, and thr is rally no rason to assum othrwis. Th xact mchanics of this ar consistntly lft fuzzy and incomplt throughout Scriptur so that w do not mak any attmpt to try to rproduc what w find hr. Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx David and His Soldirs Pursu th Amalkits; Som Lack th Strngth to Continu And so gos David and six hund a man who [wr] with him and so th com as far as th wady of Bsor and th rmaining ons rmaind. 1Samul 30:9 So David and his 600 mn [lit., th 600 mn with him] wnt and thy got as far as Brook Bsor and som mn [lit., thos lft bhind] stayd [thr]. So David and his 600 mn wnt as far as th Brook Bsor, whr 200 of his mn rmaind. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint And so gos David and six hund a man who [wr] with him and so th com as far as th wady of Bsor and th rmaining ons rmaind. So David wnt, h and th six hund mn with him, and thy com as far as th brook Bosor, and th suprfluous ons stoppd. Significant diffrncs: Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT TEV David ld his six hund mn to Bsor Gorg, but two hund of thm wr too ti to go across. So thy stayd bhind, whil David and th othr four hund mn crossd th gorg. [vv. 9 10 ar combind]. David wnt, h and th six hund mn with him. Thy arrivd at th Brook Bsor, whr som of thm droppd out. So David and his six hund mn st out, and thy soon cam to Bsor Brook. So David and his six hund mn startd out, and whn thy arriv at Bsor Brook, som of thm stayd thr. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) So David and his 600 mn wnt to th Bsor Vally, whr som wr lft bhind. So David and th six hund mn with him st out, and thy cam to th Wadi Bsor, whr a halt was mad by thos who wr to b lft bhind. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB MKJV Young's Updatd LT David and th 600 mn with him wnt as far as th Wadi Bsor, whr 200 who wr to rmain bhind would stop. So David wnt, h and th six hund mn that wr with him, and cam to th brook Bsor, whr thos who wr lft bhind stayd. And David gos on, h and six hund mn who ar with him, and thy com in unto th brook of Bsor, and thos lft hav stood still.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3846 What is th gist of this vrs? David got his mn to go in pursuit of th maraudrs, but som of thm stoppd at th brook Bsor. 1Samul 30:9a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 hâlak ( ) [pronouncd haw LAHK ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 hûw ( ) [pronouncd hoo] h, it 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun Strong s #1931 BDB #214 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 shêsh ( ) [pronouncd shaysh] six masculin form of numral Strong s #8337 BDB #995 mê âh ( ) [pronouncd may-aw] on hund fminin plural numral Strong s #3967 BDB #547 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 shr ( ) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] with, at, nar, by, among, dirctly from prposition (which is idntical to th sign of th dirct objct); with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #854 BDB #85 Translation: So David and his 600 mn [lit., th 600 mn with him] wnt... All of th mn wr adamant about pursuing thos who took thir wivs and childrn. Howvr, thy had rcntly gon on a forcd march into Isral to join up with Achish, so many of ths mn ar rathr xhaustd at this point. W v discussd th milag; thy hav gon about 100 mils in just a fw days.
3847 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:9b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bôw ( ) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 nachal ( ) [pronouncd NAHKH-al ] brook, torrnt masculin singular construct Strong's #5158 BDB #636 B sôwr ( ) [pronouncd b SOHR] possibly tidings, rwa; and is translitratd Bsor propr noun location Strong s #1308 BDB #143 Translation:...and thy got as far as Brook Bsor... Th Brook (or Wadi) Bsor is a mandring wadi which ths xtnds all th way from th Mditrranan Sa in southrn Judah 3/4 of th way towa th bottom thi of th Dad Sa. Br-shba and Hormah ar two citis found nar th nd of this brook. It is ovr 20 mils for David and his mn to travl from Ziklag up to Gath. To join Achish and th Philistins troops in Aphk, that was an additional 30 mil march. Thn thy rturnd back to Ziklag. Brook Bsor is anothr 10 mils south of Ziklag. Barns tlls us: Thought to b th stram of th Wady Shriah which ntrs th sa a littl 22 south of Gaza. Jamison, Fausst and Brown tll us: [Th Brook Bsor is] now Wady Gaza, a wintr torrnt, a littl to th south of Gaza. Th bank of a stram naturally off a convnint rst to th soldirs, who, through 23 fatigu, wr unabl to continu th pursuit. Kil and Dlitzsch say: Th brook Bsor is supposd to b th 24 Wady Shriah, which ntrs th sa blow Ashklon (s v. Raumr, Pal. p. 52). Trasury of Scriptural Knowldg tlls us: This brook or torrnt, it is vidnt from th circumstancs of th history, must b in th southwst part of Juda, and must mpty itslf into th Mditrranan Sa. In th mor particular situation of it writrs ar not ag. Som suppos it to b btwn Gaza and Rhinocorura; but Jrom placs it btwn Rhinocorura and Egypt. It is supposd by som to b th sam as th rivr of th wildrnss (Amos 6:14), and th rivr of Egypt (Joshua 15:4).. By this tim th mn ar compltly xhaustd. Som ar unabl to go any furthr. David and his mn wr obviously abl to track th Amalkits who had attackd thir camp. Travling with so many prisonrs rally did not allow thm to covr thir tracks nor wr thy abl to mov vry fast. 1Samul 30:9c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 22 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:8. 23 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; from -swo, 1Sam. 30:9. 24 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:6 10.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3848 1Samul 30:9c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yâthar ( ) [pronouncd yaw- THAHR] thos rmaining, th ons lft ovr, thos lft bhind masculin plural, Niphal participl Strong s #3498 BDB #451 Th Grk uss th following adjctiv instad to dscrib ths mn: prissos (,, ) xtraoinary, rmarkabl; abundant, profus, suprfluous, unncssary; suprior, surpassing, mor minnt [rmarkabl, xcllnt] masculin plural adjctiv Strong s #4053 âmad ( ) [pronouncd aw- MAHD] to tak a stand, to stand, to rmain, to ndur, to withstand 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong's #5975 BDB #763 Translation:...and som mn [lit., thos lft bhind] stayd [thr]. Givn that ths mn had, in th past svral days, marchd 100 mils or so, it is rasonabl to suppos that many of thm wr now xhaustd. In th Hbrw, ths ar th ons who rmaind bhind; in th Grk, ths ar th suprfluous troops. Kil and Dlitzsch tll us: As Ziklag was burnt down, of cours thy found no provisions thr, and wr consquntly obligd to st out in pursuit of th fo without bing abl to provid thmslvs with th ncssary supplis. 25 In th cultur I am in, w ar consumrs; too much is oftn not nough. In Scriptur, w find th manna principl: God givs us just nough not too littl and not too much. Such an approach to war is also prudnt, as w hav sn svral tims in Scriptur. David dos not nd all of his troops. Ths mn who ar compltly xhaustd ar not going to furthr th caus. In fact, what could rasonably happy is, thy would b killd bcaus of thir xhaustion, giving th Amalkit troops ncouragmnt. Aftr all, much of warfar is psychological. Onc th Amalkits giv up in thir souls, thy hav lost th war. Killing som of David s mn who ar too xhaustd to fight would ncourag th Amalkits in battl. Thrfor, laving som of ths mn bhind was prudnt on th part of David. Furthrmor, I want you to obsrv th dcisions which David maks as w go furthr into this chaptr. In th prvious fw chaptrs, David smd to b in rathr murky watr. Thr wr tims that w wond, just what is th right thing for David to do? Thr was oftn no clar answr, bcaus h had gottn furthr and furthr from God. Howvr, h will dig himslf out of this pit in this chaptr. Without rading ahad, lt m suggst to you that David s dcisions as a ladr at this point ar going to b corrct. H first strngthnd himslf in God; h thn askd guidanc from th prist by mans of th Ephod; and now h is laving troops bhind who will not b abl to improv thir chancs of victory. By th way, notic that thr is no concrn xprssd on th part of David. H dos not dcid that all of his mn will nd to stay bhind; h is not thrown into a panic bcaus of thi of his mn ar unabl to mov ahad. David alrady knows th outcom h and his mn will ovrcom th Amalkits and thy will rcovr thir familis and thir possssions. 25 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:7 10.
3849 Th Book of Samul And so pursus David h and four hunds a man. And so taks a stand two hund a man who wr xhaustd from passing ovr a brook of th Bsor. 1Samul 30:10 So David pursud [thm] h and 400 mn. Th 200 mn who wr xhaustd from crossing th brook Bsor rmaind. David and 400 of his mn continud th pursuit whil th othr 200 rmaind bhind, as thy wr too xhaustd from crossing ovr Brook Bsor. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so pursus David h and four hunds a man. And so taks a stand two hund a man who wr xhaustd from passing ovr a brook of th Bsor. And David continud th pursuit with 400 mn; thn th 200 mn who wr lft bhind ros up and kpt gua, that th raidrs might not cross th brook of Bsor. And h pursud thm with four hund mn; and thr rmaind bhind two hund mn, who tarrid on th othr sid of th brook Bosor. Th MT sounds as though all ths mn hav crossd th brook Bsor. In th LXX, it sounds as though thy rmain on th othr sid that is, thy did not cross ovr. Th Pshitta adds a whol nw dimnsion to this ths mn ar not too ti, but thy ar lft thr to stand gua. Sinc th Pshitta txt is so diffrnt from th MT and th LXX (both which ar thought to b mor accurat) and bcaus th Pshitta txt sms to offr an xplanation to mak ths 200 mn look good, w should rjct that rading as bing accurat. Furthrmor, latr on in this chaptr, th 400 mn complain about th 200 staying bhind. Had thy stayd bhind with a function,.g. guaing th ravin, that would mak littl sns. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NJB NLT David ld his six hund mn to Bsor Gorg, but two hund of thm wr too ti to go across. So thy stayd bhind, whil David and th othr four hund mn crossd th gorg. [vv. 9 10 ar combind]. David and four hund mn kpt up th pursuit, but two hund of thm wr too fatigud to cross th Brook Bsor, and stayd thr. David thn continud th pursuit with four hund mn, two hund staying bhind who wr too xhaustd to cross th torrnt of Bsor. But two hund of th mn wr too xhaustd to cross th brook, so David continud th pursuit with his four hund rmaining troops. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo David and 400 mn wnt in pursuit, whil 200 mn who wr too xhaustd to cross th Bsor Vally stayd bhind. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young's Updatd LT Thy stoppd bcaus thy wr too xhaustd to cross th Wadi Bsor. David and 400 of th mn continud in pursuit. And David pursus, h and four hund mn (and two hund mn stand still who hav bn too faint to pass ovr th brook of Bsor).
1Samul Chaptr 30 3850 What is th gist of this vrs? 200 mn can go no furthr and rmain at brook Bsor; David continus th pursuit with th rmaining 400. 1Samul 30:10a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 râdaph ( ) [pronouncd raw-dahf] to pursu, to follow aftr; to chas with hostil intnt, to prscut 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #7291 BDB #922 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 hûw ( ) [pronouncd hoo] h, it 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun Strong s #1931 BDB #214 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 ar ba ( ) [pronouncd ahr -BAH ] four masculin singular noun; numral Strong s #702 BDB #916 mê âh ( ) [pronouncd may-aw] on hund fminin plural numral Strong s #3967 BDB #547 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 Translation: So David pursud [thm] h and 400 mn. David and 400 of his mn continud th pursuit. Thr was no nd to bring along thos who wr too ti. 1Samul 30:10b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmad ( ) [pronouncd aw- MAHD] to tak a stand, to stand, to rmain, to ndur, to withstand 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5975 BDB #763 mâ thayim ( ) - [pronouncd maw-thah- YIM] two hund fminin dual numral Strong s #3967 BDB #547
3851 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:10b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 shr ( ) [pronouncd uh-sher] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 pâgar ( ) [pronouncd - paw-gahr] to b xhaustd, to lack strngth, to b wak, to hav bcom wak, to faint 3 prson plural, Pil prfct Strong s #6296 BDB #803 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, away from, out from, out of, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, abov, byond, mor than, gratr than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 âbar ( ) b [pronouncd aw - VAHR] to pass ovr, to pass through, to pass on, to pass, to go ovr, to cross, to cross ovr Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #5674 BDB #716 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 nachal ( ) [pronouncd NAHKH-al ] brook, torrnt masculin singular construct Strong's #5158 BDB #636 B sôwr ( ) [pronouncd b SOHR] possibly tidings, rwa; and is translitratd Bsor propr noun location Strong s #1308 BDB #143 Translation: Th 200 mn who wr xhaustd from crossing th brook Bsor rmaind. It sounds to m as though all of th mn crossd ovr th brook Bsor but that 200 of thm wr too windd to continu aftr that. This is bcaus of th min prposition, which could b rnd from, on account of, sinc, byond. Evry prpositional translation of min into th English indicats that thy did cross ovr th brook, as opposd to what w find in th LXX and in most English translations. If this was to rad to cross ovr th brook Bsor, thn w would hav found th lâmd prposition plus th Qal infinitiv construct of to pass ovr. Som commntators (Gill) hav ths mn waiting by th stuff and standing gua whil David and th othr 400 continu th pursuit. Thr was no stuff to stand gua ovr. Thir camp had bn guttd and thn burnd to th ground. Thy did not hav any supplis apart from thos thy carrid off to war whn thy mt up with Achish. Furthrmor, thy had no spcific function as guas at brook Bsor, as th rmaining 400 will latr complain about th 200 (1Sam. 30:22 23). Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx An Abandond Egyptian Srvant Lads David to th Amalkit Raidrs
1Samul Chaptr 30 3852 And so thy find a man of Egypt in th fild and so thy bring him unto David. And so giv to him brad and so h ats. And so caus him to drink watrs. 1Samul 30:11 Thy found an Egyptian [lit., a man of Egypt] in an opn fild so thy brought him to David. Thy gav him brad that h at. Thn thy gav him [som] watr. Whn thy found an Egyptian in th fild, thy brought him to David. Thy first gav him brad to at, and thn som watr. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so thy find a man of Egypt in th fild and so thy bring him unto David. And so giv to him brad and so h ats. And so caus him to drink watrs. And thy find an Egyptian in th fild, and thy tak him, and bring him to David; and thy giv him brad and h at, and thy causd him to drink watr. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Som of David's mn found an Egyptian out in a fild and took him to David. Thy gav th Egyptian som brad, and h at it. Thn thy gav him a drink of watr,... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): JPS (th Tanakh) Thy cam upon an Egyptian in th opn country and brought him to David. Thy gav him food to at and watr to drink;... Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB MKJV Young's Updatd LT Thy found an Egyptian in th opn country and brought him to David. Thy gav him som brad to at and watr to drink. And thy found an Egyptian in th fild and brought him to David and gav him brad, and h at. And thy mad him drink watr. And thy find a man, an Egyptian, in th fild, and tak him unto David, and giv to him brad, and h ats, and thy caus him to drink watr. What is th gist of this vrs? David and his mn cam across and Egyptians, apparntly half dad in a fild, and thy rviv him with brad and watr. 1Samul 30:11a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 mâtsâ ( ) [pronouncd maw- TSAW] to attain to, to find, to dtct, to happn upon, to com upon, to find unxpctdly, to discovr 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #4672 BDB #592
3853 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:11a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular construct Strong's #376 BDB #35 Mits rîy (. ) [pronouncd mits -REE] Egyptian, of Egypt; a Mitsrit, or inhabitant of Mitsrajim gntilic adjctiv Strong s #4713 BDB #596 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 sâdh ( ) [pronouncd saw-deh] fild, land, country, opn fild, opn country masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #7704 BDB #961 Translation: Thy found an Egyptian [lit., a man of Egypt] in an opn fild... It is to b xpctd that thr would b som attrition among th Amalkits. Apparntly thr was an Egyptian slav who travld with thm who bcam ill and was lft bhind. David s mn com across this Egyptian. Application: Do what is right, and God will tak car of th rst. It was right for David to strngthn himslf in th Wo and thn to ask dirction from God. It was right for him to lav th 200 bhind without pronouncing any sort of pnalty upon thm. Thrfor, God placd in his way and Egyptian who would guid thm to th Amalkit raidrs. 1Samul 30:11b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 lâqach ( ) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak from, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz, to tak possssion of; to snd aftr, to ftch, to bring; to rciv 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, towa affixd to a 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187
1Samul Chaptr 30 3854 Translation:...so thy brought him to David. It is clar that David was th dcision makr. H mad th dcisions. It is also clar that, dspit his mn s initial ractions to this crisis (thy wantd to ston David), thy still lookd to him for ladrship. Thy bring th Egyptian to David to dtrmin what thy should do nxt. It is apparnt that this man is a slav, as on of David s first qustions to him will b, To whom do you blong? (1Sam. 30:13b). Just so you know, thr ar othr options. Thy could hav lft this man thr in th fild to di of starvation as thy continud thir pursuit. Thy could hav xcutd this man in angr; thy could hav kpt food from him and providd him only with watr until h gav thm th information that thy wr aftr. Thy could hav givn him watr and tortu him for information. Howvr, David was allowd to mak th dcision as to how this man should b tratd. 1Samul 30:11c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâthan ( ) [pronouncd naw- THAHN] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix BDB #510 lchm ( ) [pronouncd LEH-khm] litrally mans brad; usd mor gnrally for food masculin singular noun Strong s #3899 BDB #536 wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âkal ( ) [pronouncd aw-kahl] to at; to dvour, to consum, to dstroy 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #398 BDB #37 Translation: Thy gav him brad that h at. Not this approach: thr is no tortur hr; thy do not trad brad for information. Thy allow this man to at first. Now, it is probabl that h is so nar dath that, h might not b any hlp to thm in that stat. Howvr, also rcall that tim is of th ssnc hr. David and his mn nd to find ths Amalkits as quickly as possibl. And, again, thy do not know, at this point, that ths ar Amalkits that thy ar pursuing. Now, vn though this man is idntifid in th narrativ as an Egyptian, w do not know if that was apparnt to David and his mn to bgin with. Th Egyptian will idntify himslf as an Egyptian, which would suggst that, whn h is initially discov, his racial background is not known. 1Samul 30:11d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253
3855 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:11d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs shâqâh ( ) [pronouncd shaw-kaw] to giv drink to, to furnish drink, to caus to drink; to watr [cattl, land]; to irrigat [land] 3 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct; with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #8248 BDB #1052 mayim ( ) [pronouncd MAH-yim] watr, watrs masculin plural noun Strong's #4325 BDB #565 Own who lists this as th pausal form; howvr, I s no diffrnc btwn th pausal form and th vocabulary form. W find th sam wo usd without any slight changs in v. 12, whr it is not said to b in th pausal form. Translation: Thn thy gav him [som] watr. Now, w tnd to think chronologically and s him bing fd brad first and thn watr, vn though it sms as though th opposit would b a bttr approach. Howvr, th Hbrw mind dos not think chronologically; thrfor, it is possibl this man rcivd th watr first and thn th brad. You will not that what David dos is in agrmnt with Scriptur that had not vn bn writtn yt: Prov. 25:21 22: If your nmy is hungry, giv him brad to at; and if h is thirsty, giv him watr to drink, for you shall hap coals of fir upon his had, and Jhovah shall rwa you. Rom. 12:20 21: Thrfor if your nmy hungrs, fd him. If h thirsts, giv him drink. For in so doing you shall hap coals of fir on his had. Do not b ovrcom by vil, but ovrcom vil with good. Also tak not that thr is no gray ara in th lif of David; h is doing xactly what h should b doing. H lft th 200 mn bhind without pronouncing judgmnt against thm. H hlps to rviv this Egyptian slav with brad and watr. Rmaining in fllowship and growing in th grac and knowldg of our Lo Jsus Christ liminats a grat dal of th gray ara in our livs. You may rcall that our approach with th gospl should b in a similar fashion. If w com across somon who is hungry or in nd, w do not tll thm, B warm, b full. W first giv thm th food thy nd and thn giv thm th gospl. And so thy giv to him a pic of a fig-cak and two of raisin clustrs and so h ats and so rturns his spirit unto him, for h had not atn brad and h had not drunk watr thr of days and thr of nights. 1Samul 30:12 Thy also gav him a pic of fig-cak and two raisin clustrs that h at, and his spirit rturnd to him, for h had not atn brad nor drunk watr for thr days [Hbrw, and thr nights]. Thy also gav him a pic of fig-cak and two raisin clustrs, which h at, as h bgan to b rvivd (as h had not atn or drunk for thr days). Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint And so thy giv to him a pic of a fig-cak and two of raisin clustrs and so h ats and so rturns his spirit unto him, for h had not atn brad and h had not drunk watr thr of days and thr of nights. And thy giv him a pic of a cak of figs, and h at, and his spirit is stablishd in him; for h had not atn brad, and had not drunk watr thr days and thr nights.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3856 Significant diffrncs: In th Hbrw, his spirit rturnd to him; in th Grk, his spirit is stablishd in him. Furthrmor, th Hbrw vrb is imprfct (incomplt) action and th Grk is aorist (punctiliar) action. Essntially, thr is not a fundamntal diffrnc which would caus our undrstanding to b diffrnt dpnding upon which ancint manuscript w followd (th Pshitta is in agrmnt with th Hbrw, by th way). Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag...som drid figs, and two handfuls of raisins. This was th first tim in thr days h had tastd food or watr. Now h flt much bttr. Thy gav him a pic of fig cak and a coupl of raisin muffins. Lif bgan to rviv in him. H hadn't atn or drunk a thing for thr days and nights! Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo Thy gav him a slic of fig cak and two bunchs of raisins. Aftr h had atn, h rvivd. (H hadn't atn any food or drunk any watr for thr whol days.) Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: MKJV Young's Updatd LT And thy gav him a pic of a cak of figs, and two clustrs of raisins. And whn h had atn, his spirit cam again to him. For h had atn no brad nor drunk watr for thr days and thr nights...h was also givn a pic of prssd fig cak and two caks of raisins. H at and rgaind his strngth, for h had atn no food and drunk no watr for thr days and thr nights And giv to him a pic of a bunch of drid figs, and two bunchs of raisins, and h ats, and his spirit rturns unto him, for h has not atn brad nor drunk watr thr days and thr nights. What is th gist of this vrs? David ss that this man is mor than brought to; h givs him drid figs and raisins. Th slav had not atn for thr days and thr nights. 1Samul 30:12a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâthan ( ) [pronouncd naw- THAHN] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix BDB #510 plach ( ) - [pronouncd PEH-lakh] a pic, a part [cut off], a slic; millston fminin singular construct Strong s #6400 BDB #812 Own lists this as a masculin singular construct, but I bliv that to b a mistak.
3857 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:12a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs d bêlâh ( ) v [pronouncd dbay- LAW] fig-cak, a lump of prssd figs, a cak of prssd figs fminin singular noun Strong s #1690 BDB #179 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 shnîy (. ) [pronouncd shh-nee] scond, th scond; Whn only two itms ar namd, it can b rnd [th] othr adjctiv singular numral singular oinal construct Strong s #8145 BDB #1041 tsimmûwqîym (. ) [pronouncd tzim-moo- KEEM] raisin clustrs, a bunch of raisins, clustrs of drid graps; caks of graps masculin plural noun Strong s #6778 BDB #856 Translation: Thy also gav him a pic of fig-cak and two raisin clustrs... You will notic th tratmnt that th Isralits giv this Egyptian. Thy do not rviv him with brad and watr and promis him th figs and raisins; thy giv him brad, watr, and thn fig caks and raisin clustrs. H is rciving xcllnt tratmnt from th David s mn. Don t misundrstand m hr. I am not saying that thr is no plac for intrrogation tchniqus, to put it uphmistically. Howvr, I am pointing out that David and his mn saw to th nds of this man first bfor intrrogating him. It will b mad clar that thy could look at him and dtrmin that h is a slav and thy probably dducd that h was a slav of th maraudrs who had hit thir camp (ithr purchasd somtim arlir or takn in anothr raid against anothr camp). Application: Thr ar many diffrnt kinds of missions, and on would xpct that in a country lik ours with rligious fom. Howvr, bliving in Jsus Christ is a mattr of fr will. Thrfor, thr should nvr b any sort of arm-twisting in or to prsnt th gospl. That is, on should not promis food if on coms to a srvic first. Whn a man is dstitut and hungry, you fd him, and thn prsnt th gospl to him. Jams smd to indicat this whn h said If a brothr or sistr is nakd and dstitut of daily food, and if on of you says to thm, Go in pac, b warmd and filld, but you do not giv thm thos things which ar ndful to th body, what good is it? (Jams 2:15 16). 1Samul 30:12b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âkal ( ) [pronouncd aw-kahl] to at; to dvour, to consum, to dstroy 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #398 BDB #37 wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253
1Samul Chaptr 30 3858 1Samul 30:12b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs shûwb ( ) b [pronouncd shoo v] to rturn, to turn, to turn back, to rminisc, to rstor somthing, to bring back somthing, to rviv, to rcovr somthing, to mak rstitution 3 prson fminin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #7725 BDB #996 kathistêmi ( ) [pronouncd kath-ihstay-m] to st [plac, put] [on ovr a thing; on to administr an offic]; to appoint [put in charg, oain]; to st down, to constitut, to dclar 3 prson singular, aorist activ indicativ Strong s #2525 rûwach ( ) [pronouncd ROO-ahkh] wind, brath, spirit, apparition fminin singular noun with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #7307 BDB #924 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid); with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 Translation:...that h at, and his spirit rturnd to him,... This man was lft bhind for a rason. H was probably sick to bgin with. Apparntly, h was lft bhind without any provisions as wll, giv you an ida as to how barbarous th Amalkits wr. This Egyptian gratfully rcivd this food, and as h at, his spirit rturnd to him. That is, whatvr had bn wrong with him smd to improv considrably. Mor than likly, h simply had a srious cold or flu. Th tim of rst followd by food took car of this. 1Samul 30:12c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 âkal ( ) [pronouncd aw-kahl] to at; to dvour, to consum, to dstroy 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong s #398 BDB #37 lchm ( ) [pronouncd LEH-khm] litrally mans brad; usd mor gnrally for food masculin singular noun Strong s #3899 BDB #536 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251
3859 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:12c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 shâthâh ( ) [pronouncd shaw- THAW] to drink [actually or mtaphorically]; to drink togthr [at a banqut] 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong s #8354 BDB #1059 mayim ( ) [pronouncd MAH-yim] watr, watrs masculin plural noun Strong's #4325 BDB #565 sh lôshâh ( ) [pronouncd shiloh- SHAW] a thr, a trio, a triad, a thrsom fminin numral construct Strong s #7969 BDB #1025. Own lists this simply as a fminin numral, but it dos appar to b in th construct form. yâmîym (. ) [pronouncd yaw- MEEM] days, a st of days; tim of lif, liftim; a spcific tim priod, a yar masculin plural noun Strong s #3117 BDB #398 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 sh lôshâh ( ) [pronouncd shiloh- SHAW] a thr, a trio, a triad, a thrsom fminin numral construct Strong s #7969 BDB #1025. Own lists this simply as a fminin numral, but it dos appar to b in th construct form. lêylôwth ( ) [pronouncd lay-lohth] nights masculin plural noun Strong s #3915 BDB #538 Translation:...for h had not atn brad nor drunk watr for thr days [Hbrw, and thr nights]. This tlls us that th Amalkits had bn at that vry spot within thr days. What probably happnd was th young man fll sick, and thn his mastr abandond him aftr on or two days, possibly during which th young man had not atn. Thrfor, th Amalkits could hav bn thr within th past two days. This Egyptian slav would hav bn on foot himslf, and lft bhind whn h was unabl to kp up with th Amalkits. Lt m suggst th scnario that this slav, travling with th Amalkits, dos not at during th night (which is normal) and waks up ill. H movs along as bst h can with th Amalkits, but h is ill and cannot tak in any food. Bcaus of his inability to kp up, th Amalkits abandon him part way through that day. H lays in a fild for th rst of that day, a night, a full day, a night, and David and his mn discovr him th nxt day. That would giv us thr days and thr nights without food and watr, and two days and two nights in th opn fild, lft to di. I offr this, not as dfinitivly what happnd, but mor as a suggstion. This givs us an ida as to th timing hr. It took David 2 3 days to march from Aphk back to thir camp in Ziklag. By th tim thy arriv, th Amalkits had invadd thir camp and had mad off with all thir womn and childrn, and had lft two or mor days prvious (my guss is th Egyptian was not lft with any provisions, which would mak th Amalkit attack against David occur right about th tim th Philistin ladrs tll Achish to snd David hom).
1Samul Chaptr 30 3860 Although it is possibl that th Amalkits just happnd to com across David s camp whn it was unguad; howvr, I bliv that thy had a gua st up to watch David s camp. As soon as David had gon far nough away from his camp to mak his camp compltly vulnrabl, thn th Amalkits attackd. On th othr hand, it could hav just simply bn lucky timing for th Amalkits to com across David s camp at just th right momnt. In any cas, th Amalkits struck David s ncampmnt whil David and company ar in Aphk. And so says to him David, To whom [ar] you and whr from hr [ar] you? And so h says, A young man of Egypt [am] I; a srvant to a man of an Amalkit. And so lavs m my adonai for I was wak th day thr. 1Samul 30:13 Thn David said to him, To whom [do] you [blong] and from whr [did] you [com]? And h answ, I [am] a young man of Egypt, th srvant of an Amalkit [lit., srvant to a man of Amalk]. My adonai [or, mastr, lo] abandond m whn I bcam sick thr days ago. Thn David inqui of him, To whom do you blong and from whr did you com? And h answ, I am a young man originally from Egypt, but now th srvant of an Amalkit. My lo abandond m whn I bcam sick thr days ago. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so says to him David, To whom [ar] you and whr from hr [ar] you? And so h says, A young man of Egypt [am] I; a srvant to a man of an Amalkit. And so lavs m my adonai for I was wak th day thr. And David said to him, Whos ar you? And from whr ar you? And th young man th Egyptian said, I am th srvant of an Amalkit; and my mastr lft m, bcaus I was takn ill thr days ago. Th LXX bgins th quotation of th young man a littl latr. Th problm could b th construct (young man is in th construct stat, attaching it to Egyptian). This is all clar in th MT, but may not hav bn as clar whn th LXX translators wr translating from only Hbrw consonants. In ithr cas, th diffrnc btwn th radings is not significant (th Pshitta agrs with th Hbrw txt). Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag TEV Who is your mastr? David askd. And whr do you com from? I'm from Egypt, th young man answ. I'm th srvant of an Amalkit, but h lft m hr thr days ago bcaus I was sick. David said to him, Who do you blong to? Whr ar you from? I'm an Egyptian slav of an Amalkit, h said. My mastr walkd off and lft m whn I got sick that was thr days ago. David askd him, Who is your mastr, and whr ar you from? I am an Egyptian, th slav of an Amalkit, h answ. My mastr lft m bhind thr days ago bcaus I got sick. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo David askd him, To whom do you blong? Whr do you com from? I'm an Egyptian, th slav of an Amalkit, th young man answ. My mastr lft m bhind bcaus I got sick thr days ago.
3861 Th Book of Samul JPS (Tanakh) Thn David askd him, To whom do you blong and whr ar you from? I am an Egyptian boy, h answ, th slav of an Amalkit. My mastr abandond m whn I fll ill thr days ago. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young s Updatd LT Thn David said to him, "Who do you blong to? Whr ar you from?" "I'm an Egyptian, th slav of an Amalkit man," h said. "My mastr abandond m whn I got sick thr days ago. And David says to him, Whos ar you? And from whr ar you? And h says, I am an Egyptian youth, a srvant to a man, an Amalkit, and my lo forsaks m, for I hav bn sick thr days. What is th gist of this vrs? David brifly intrrogats this man, asking him who h blongs to and whr h cam from. Th young slav tlls David that h is an Egyptian youth, srvant to an Amalkit. His lo abandond him and h has bn sick for thr days. 1Samul 30:13a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix BDB #510 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 mîy ( ) [pronouncd m] who, whom; occasionally rnd how, in what way pronominal intrrogativ Strong s #4310 BDB #566 attâh ( ) - [pronouncd aht-taw] you (oftn, th vrb to b is implid) nd 2 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun Strong s #859 BDB #61 Translation: Thn David said to him, To whom [do] you [blong]... David lads th intrrogation, and, as a mattr of obsrvation, not that it is congnial but to th point. David's first qustion is, "To whom do you blong?" It is obvious that this man is a slav and it may vn b clar to what group of popl. Thr may b a visibl brand on this slav's nck or had or hand. I don't know that h would b waring cloths that could b rcognizd as thos of a slav. Also rcall, David and his mn do not know who th raiding maraudrs ar. It will not b known until this Egyptian slav bgins to spak that David was hit by som Amalkits.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3862 1Samul 30:13b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 êy ( ) [pronouncd y] whr advrb; with a suffix, th vrb to b may b implid Strong s #335 BDB #32 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, away from, out from, out of, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, abov, byond, mor than, gratr than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 zh ( ) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, thus dmonstrativ adjctiv Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Togthr, mizzh ( ) [pronouncd miz-zeh], man from hr, hnc. With th advrb êy ( ) [pronouncd y], this combination is, litrally whr from hr; but it mans from whr. attâh ( ) - [pronouncd aht-taw] you (oftn, th vrb to b is implid) nd 2 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun; pausal form Strong s #859 BDB #61 I mntiond th pausal form bfor, and notd in th prvious vrs that I saw no rason for th pausal form bcaus it was not diffrnt. Howvr, hr, th first vowl point is diffrnt (it is lngthnd from a to â). Bar in mind that would b th intrprtation of a Masorit writing two millnnia latr basd upon th tradition of Scriptur radings. On th othr hand, this is a likly plac to paus. Translation:...and from whr [did] you [com]?" David is not intrstd in this man's national origin (which is how this qustion will b answ at first). David is mor intrstd in whr this man has bn latly. Of cours, David and his mn alrady bliv this man to b an Amalkit slav, joind to thos who raidd thir camp; howvr, thy do not know this for a fact. 1Samul 30:13c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 a ar ( ) [pronouncd n - - NAH- ahr] boy, youth, young man, prsonal attndant masculin singular construct Strong s #5288 & #5289 BDB #654 Mits rîy (. ) [pronouncd mits -REE] Egyptian, of Egypt; a Mitsrit, or inhabitant of Mitsrajim gntilic adjctiv Strong s #4713 BDB #596
3863 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:13c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs ânôkîy (. ) [pronouncd awn-oh- KEE] I, m st 1 prson singular prsonal pronoun (somtims a vrb is implid) Strong s #595 BDB #59 bd ( ) B slav, srvant masculin singular noun [pronouncd E -vd] Strong s #5650 BDB #713 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular construct Strong's #376 BDB #35 mâlêqîy (. ) [pronouncd uh-mawlay-kee] translitratd Amalkit propr noun gntis with th dfinit articl Strong s #6003 BDB #766 Translation: And h answ, I [am] a young man of Egypt, th srvant of an Amalkit [lit., srvant to a man of Amalk]. Th young Egyptian answrs both of David's qustions: h is a young man from Egypt and h blongd to an Amalkit. It was obvious to David that h was a slav. At this point, by th way, David knows for th first tim that th raidrs which hit his camp ar Amalkits. 1Samul 30:13d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âzab ( ) B [pronouncd aw-za V] to loosn ons bands; to lt go [on from bing in bonds]; to lav [forsak, dsrt]; to lav off, to cas from [anything] 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct; st with th 1 prson singular suffix Strong s #5800 BDB #736 âdôwn ( ) [pronouncd aw-dohn] lo, mastr, ownr, suprior, sovrign masculin singular noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong s #113 BDB #10 Translation:...My adonai [or, mastr, lo] abandond m... W do not know if ths ar all of David's qustions, or whthr h had askd additional qustions. Givn that his mastr had abandond him, and givn that ths Jws had just fd him and brought him back to lif, this young Egyptian was bholdn to thm. H probably knw that ths wr Jws and th mn whos camp thy had just raidd. First thing is that m must disassociatd himslf from his mastr, which h could do honstly and accuratly. His mastr did abandon him, although w ar not clar on th xact tim fram. No mattr what, th furthst away th Amalkits could b in trms of tim is thr days; and, as has bn discussd, vn lss tim may hav transpi.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3864 Jamison, Fausst and Brown: Old and hom-born slavs ar usually tratd with grat kindnss. But a purchasd or captu slav must look to himslf; for, if fbl or sick, his mastr will lav him to prish rathr than ncumbr himslf with any additional bun. This Egyptian sms to hav rcntly falln into th hands of an Amalkit, and his mastr having blongd to th marauding party that had mad th attack on Ziklag, h could giv usful information as to th cours takn by thm on thir rturn. 26 Bar in mind that ths Amalkits ar now richr than thy hav vr bn. Thy had gratr walth at this tim than at any prvious tim in thir history. David will sprad thir walth to a dozn citis aftr h rcovrs it. So, thr is no rason why this slav could not hav bn takn car of. Thy had th rsourcs to do so. Furthrmor, thy had camls on which this man could hav bn carrid (1Sam. 30:17) and, as w will also find out, thy will just stop and party with thir booty (wll, that cam out sounding wrong). So, thr is no rason why thy could not hav lt th slav continu with thm. Howvr, again rcall that, his illnss could sprad as wll. Th main rason w know that this slav was lft bhind as a mattr of crulty as opposd to protcting th camp against catching his illnss is, thy lav him bhind without food and watr, somthing thy could wll affo, givn thir prsnt stat of prosprity. That is a clar indication of th hartlssnss of ths Amalkits. This Egyptian slav was tossd asid as thy might a brokn CD playr. So, if David will b abl to sprad thir walth to a dozn citis, yt thy cannot affo to lav bhind a coupl bottls of Evian and a ham sandwich or two, w may rasonably dduc that ths ar a vry crul and hartlss popl. Rcall th vrs in Romans, H causs all things to work togthr for good to thos who lov Him. Do you s how that applis hr? God uss th crulty of th Amalkits against thm. It is thir own crulty and hartlssnss which will sal thir fat. This is a prfct xampl of God taking th vil in th harts of mn and working it altogthr for good. As John Wsly writs: God by his providnc so oring it, that h was not on of that cursd rac of th Amalkits, who wr to b uttrly dstroyd, but an Egyptian, who might b spa. Lft m - In this plac and condition: which was barbarous inhumanity: for h ought, and asily might hav carrid him away with th pry which thy had takn. But h paid dar for this crulty, for this was th occasion of th ruin of him and all thir company. And God by his scrt providnc o th mattr thus for that vry nd. So that thr is no fighting against God, who can mak th smallst accidnts srvicabl to th production of th gratst ffcts. 27 By th way, as an asid, you may want to point out that David is crul and hartlss whn h attackd th ncampmnts of hathn, h killd vry man, woman and child. This is tru thr is no indication that David did any of that by God s command. Rcall, a blivr can do anything an unblivr can do. You cannot always look at a prson s lif and say, That man is a blivr. Whn out of fllowship, w imitat unblivrs. 1Samul 30:13b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] for, that, bcaus; whn, at that tim, which, what tim conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 châlâh ( ) [pronouncd chaw-law] to b worn down in strngth, to b wak, to b infirm; to b sick, to bcom sick; to b paind st 1 prson singular, Qal prfct Strong s #2470 BDB #317 26 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; from -swo, 1Sam. 30:11. 27 John Wsly; Explanatory Nots on th Whol Bibl; courtsy of -swo, 1Sam. 30:13.
3865 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:13b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yôwm ( ) [pronouncd yohm] day; tim; today (with a dfinit articl) masculin singular noun with a dfinit articl Strong s #3117 BDB #398 sh lôshâh ( ) [pronouncd shiloh- SHAW] a thr, a trio, a triad, a thrsom fminin numral Strong s #7969 BDB #1025. Translation:...whn I bcam sick thr days ago. Kîy can b usd as an xplanatory or a tmporal conjunction; hr, it sms to work ithr way. This Egyptian's mastr abandond him whn h was no longr usful. W almost must b awar that, whn somon bcoms ill, anyon associatd with him could bcom ill as wll. Thrfor, bing put out from th Amalkit raiding party could hav bn standa oprating procdur. W do not know whn this man was lft bhind. H was sick for thr days and h had not atn for thr days (that is a sign to m that I am ill, whn I hav not atn for mor than 6 hours). H had to dvlop and show symptoms of his illnss. Thrfor, I suspct that h was abandond 1 or 2 days prvious. Thrfor, th Jws ar not ncssarily 3 days bhind th Amalkits. Thy could only b on day bhind thm. Matthw Hnry: Obsrv, his mastr's crulty to him. H had got out of him all th srvic h could, and whn th lad fll sick, probably bing ovr-toild with his work, h barbarously lft him to prish in th fild, whn h was in no such hast but h might hav put him into som of th carriags, and brought him hom, or, at last, hav lft him whrwithal to support himslf. That mastr has th spirit of an Amalkit, not of an Isralit, that can thus us a srvant wors than on would us a bast. Th tndr mrcis of th wickd ar crul. This Amalkit thought h should now hav srvants nough of th Isralit-captivs, and thrfor ca not what bcam of his Egyptian slav, but could willingly lt him di in a ditch for want of ncssaris, whil h himslf was ating and drinking (1Sam. 30:16). Justly did Providnc mak this poor srvant, that was thus basly abusd, instrumntal towas th dstruction of a whol army of Amalkits and his mastr among th rst; for God hars th cry of opprssd srvants. Furthr obsrv David's compassion to him. Though h had rason to think h was on of thos that had hlpd to dstroy Ziklag, yt, finding him in distrss, h gnrously rlivd him, not only with brad and watr (1Sam. 30:11), but with figs and raisins (1Sam. 30:12). 28 I bliv that God judgs a nation partially basd upon, how dos it trat its hlplss. Again and again, Jsus showd compassion towas th hoplss and th hlplss of Judah and Samaria. H spok harshly against thos who would caus a child to stumbl. This Egyptian slav is sn as xpndabl. W hav no ida how many yars of srvic that h has put in for his mastr, but at this point in tim, h is sn as worthlss as a slav, and h was cast asid. This vry hartlssnss which cast this man asid sals th fat of th Amalkits. Thy had trmndous matrial prosprity; howvr, thy saw no rason to wast any of it on a sick slav and that would prov to b thir own undoing. Now, I prsonally hav problms with our wlfar systm today, as I do with almost any govrnmnt run program. I hav sn too many popl who ndd govrnmnt assistanc not rciv it; and I hav sn a hug numbr of popl who did not nd govrnmnt assistanc, rciv it. I knw a woman with cancr, too dbilitatd to work, with four childrn th govrnmnt did not hlp hr at all whn it cam to hr housing. Howvr, I know anothr family whos kids had thr or four of thos tiny motorcycls for kids in th garag (along with a lot of othr matrial things), and th govrnmnt subsidizd thir rnt, paying about 80% of it vry singl month. Our hlplss should rciv som kind of hlp, b it from churchs or from th govrnmnt; thos who ar unabl to provid for thmslvs should b hlpd. What I s in many of our govrnmnt programs function as today is 28 Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:7 20. Som minor diting.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3866 thy mobiliz and brib a larg voting block at worst; at bst, thy guid crtain popl to xpct hand-outs from th govrnmnt from th arlist ag. My point in this is, simply bcaus you liv in a nation whr thr is a larg wlfar systm, vn if you ar a libral, this dos not giv you th option to ignor human suffring and human nd. Thr ar a larg numbr of organizations throughout th Unitd Stats which dal with thos in nd; and a grat many voluntrs. I am not offring an argumnt for or against institutionalizd (stat or fdral run wlfar systms); howvr, I am indicating that thr will always b a plac for privat organizations as wll. If you know of such a privat organization which provids a clar dlination of th gospl, thn you should support it. W [vn] w plund a Ngb of th Chrthit and against th that to Judah and against a Ngb of Calb and Ziklag w burnd in th fir. 1Samul 30:14 W [vn] w plund th southrn [portion] of th Chrthit and against that which [prtains] to Judah and against th southrn portion of Calb; and w burnd Ziklag with fir. W hav attackd th southrn portions of th Chrthits, Judah and Calb; furthrmor, w burnd down Ziklag. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: W [vn] w plund a Ngb of th Chrthit and against th that to Judah and against a Ngb of Calb and Ziklag w burnd in th fir. And w mad an incursion on th south of th Chlthit, and on th parts of Juda, and on th south of Chlub, and w burnt Sklac with fir." Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NAB NLT W had attackd som towns in th dsrt whr th Chrthits liv, in th ara that blongs to Judah, and in th dsrt whr th Calb clan livs. And w burnd down Ziklag." W had raidd th Ngv of th Krthits, of Judah, and of Calb. Ziklag w burnd." W raidd th Ngb of th Chrthits, th trritory of Judah, and th Ngb of Calb; and w st Ziklag on fir." W wr on our way back from raiding th Krthits in th Ngv, th trritory of Judah, and th land of Calb, and w had just burnd Ziklag." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) W raidd th portion of th Ngv whr th Chrthits liv, th trritory of Judah, th portion of th Ngv whr Calb sttld, and w burnd down Ziklag." W had raidd th Ngb of th Chrthits, and [th Ngb] of Judah, and th Ngb of Calb; w also burnd down Ziklag." Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB W raidd th south country of th Chrthits, th trritory of Judah, and th south country of Calb, and w burnd down Ziklag."
3867 Th Book of Samul Young's Litral Translation W pushd to th south of th Chrthit, and against that which is to Judah, and against th south of Calb, and Ziklag w burnd with fir." What is th gist of this vrs? Th Egyptian confsss that his Amalkit ownrs (and h as wll) burnd down Ziklag, aftr raiding southrn Judah, southrn Calb and th Chrthits in th south. 1Samul 30:14a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs nach nûw ( - ) [pronouncd uh-nahkhnoo] w st Strong s #587 1 prson plural pronoun BDB #59 pâsha ( ) [pronouncd paw- SHAHT] to sprad out; to strip, to plundr, to uncloth; to flay, to rmov th skin; in war, it is usd to indicat a vicious attack, along th lins of flaying th skin off an animal st 1 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #6584 BDB #832 ngb ( ) B [pronouncd n-ghe V] south, south-country; oftn translitratd Ngv or Ngb masculin singular construct Strong's #5045 BDB #616 K rêthîy (. ) [pronouncd k ray- THEE] xcutionrs; lif guasmn; and is translitratd Chrthit, Chrthits gntilic adjctiv; singular collctiv, with th dfinit articl Strong s #3774 BDB #504 Translation: W [vn] w plund th southrn [portion] of th Chrthit... Th Egyptian srvant dos not pull any punchs. H dos not say, My mastr and his army raidd ths placs; h says, W, vn w, raidd ths placs. Had Saul answ this qustion, knowing that h was facing thos whos camp h just raidd, h would hav hmmd and hawd at this point; blamd othrs; claimd it was not his ida. A slav in th sam situation might say, This was th fault of my mastrs; thy ar compltly to blam hr. But this Egyptian dos not do that. H mphatically stats, w raidd th Chrthits, Judah and th Calbits. This is th first tim in Scriptur that w hav com across th Chrthits. Thy will b mntiond again, but primarily as soldirs in David s army (2Sam. 15:18 20:7). It appars as though an ntir unit of David s army ar Chrthits (2Sam. 8:18 1Kings 1:38, 44). Th lxicons and svral sourcs closly associat th Chrthits with th Philistins; as if a particular group or offshoot of Philistins, or as a kind trib of popl, no doubt bcaus thy ar closly associatd in Ezk. 25:15 Zph. 2:5. Givn th othr aras attackd by th Amalkits, th Chrthits would b living in southwst Canaan. Barns suggsts: It would sm from this that th Chrthits and Philistins wr two kind and associatd tribs, lik Angls and Saxons, who took possssion of th sacoast of Palstin. Th Philistins, bing th mor powrful, gav thir nam to th country and th nation in gnral, though that of th Chrthits was not wholly xtinguishd. Many prsons connct th nam Chrthit with 29 that of th island of Crt. Clark adds: Th (krthi), without th points, might b rad Crti, wr not only at this tim Philistins, but that thy wr aborigins of Crt, from which thy had thir nam Chrthits or Crtans. 30 29 30 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:14. Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 330:14.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3868 1Samul 30:14b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 al ( ) [pronouncd ahl ] upon, byond, on, against, abov, ovr, by, bsid prposition of proximity Strong s #5921 BDB #752 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun with th dfinit articl Strong's #834 BDB #81 This combination of al and shr (with th dfinit articl) man to [th plac] which [that]. lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to, with rfrnc to, as to, with rgas to, blonging to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 Y hûwdâh ( ) [pronouncd y hoo- DAW] possibly mans to prais, to b praisd; and is translitratd Judah masculin propr noun/location Strong s #3063 BDB #397 Translation:...and against that which [prtains] to Judah... Thy also raidd portions of Judah which wr in that gnral ara. It is ironic that th vry ara which David had claimd to hav attackd was actually bing attackd by th Amalkits at around th sam tim priod. It is intrsting that Simon was sort of blndd into Judah, as Simon actually occupis that gnral ara. Howvr, vn th forignrs s it as blonging to Judah. If you will rcall, God gav a grat dal to Judah, and thn said that Simon could occupy a portion of that ara. 1Samul 30:14c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 al ( ) [pronouncd ahl ] upon, byond, on, against, abov, ovr, by, bsid prposition of proximity Strong s #5921 BDB #752 ngb ( ) B [pronouncd n-ghe V] south, south-country; oftn translitratd Ngv or Ngb masculin singular construct Strong's #5045 BDB #616 Klb ( ) b dog; translitratd Calb masculin propr noun [pronouncd KEH-l v] Strong s #3612 BDB #476 Translation:...and against th southrn portion of Calb;... Th dscndants of Calb had stablishd thmslvs as a sparat clan in southrn Judah (s Joshua 14:13 15:13); and this raiding party attackd thm as wll.
3869 Th Book of Samul Clark mor spcifically says: Somwhr about Kirjath-arba, or Hbron, and Kirjath-sphr; ths bing in th possssion of Calb and his dscndants. 31 You may ask, why wr ths Amalkits so succssful in thir attacks against southrn Judah, givn that th Judahits, historically, sm to b th bst military mn? I would assum that Saul had most of ths mn in his army, as w know that as Saul wand around, h draftd any man who smd to b a good military prospct. Thrfor, I would assum that th bst mn from southrn Judah wr with Saul. Furthrmor, Saul had kpt his army quit busy. H took littl or no tim off. If h was not fighting th various hathn thrats, thn h had his army out aftr David. 1Samul 30:14d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 tsiq lag ( - ) [pronouncd tzihk - LAHG] translitratd Ziklag Propr noun; location Strong s #6860 BDB #862 sâraph ( ) [pronouncd saw-rahf] to suck in, to absorb, to drink in, to swallow down; to absorb or consum [with fir], to burn; to bak [bricks] st 1 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #8313 BDB #976 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 sh ( ) [pronouncd aysh] fir, lightning, suprnatural fir; prsnc of Y howah, th attndanc of a thophany fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #784 BDB #77 Translation:...and w burnd Ziklag with fir. Again, this Egyptian srvant dos not minc wos nor dos h shift any blam onto othrs. W burnd Ziklag with fir. Hr, th mphasis is upon th sttlmnt of Ziklag. Notic that David will not flip out; David will not los his tmpr or his control. A lssr man in daling with this situation may hav said, I don t nd to har anything ls; you hav condmnd yourslf to dath! and thn killd him. Rcall that David s own mn wr rady to kill David (v. 6); how much mor thy would hav likd to kill this man who says, W burnd Ziklag with fir. David, on th othr hand, rcognizs th position of this man and th constraints that h was undr h was probably o, along with th othr slavs, to st fir to Ziklag. Had h prsonally bn involvd, it would hav bn undr corcion, and David at no tim bcoms upst ovr this. David is focusd on what is important, which is to gt th rturn of his camp s womn and childrn. Application: As blivrs, w oftn los our focus. Satan continually wants to point us towa th wrong things. W must function in th light of trnity; w must look towa thos things which hav trnal consquncs. W ar instructd not to su othr blivrs; but som of us do. That mans you ar not focusing on God s plan for 31 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:14.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3870 your lif. Satan wants you to spnd th nxt svral yars out of fllowship, chasing aftr a fw dollars. Whn you act, think about th consquncs; look at your actions in th light of trnity. Not David s approach hr; h is focusd on that which mattrs; h is much lss concrnd with rvng or placing blam on this man. And so says to him David, Will you tak m down unto th band th this? And so h says, Swar to m by Elohim if you kill m and so if you dlivr m in a hand of my adonai, and I will tak you down unto th band th this. 1Samul 30:15 Thn David said to him, Will you tak m down to this dtachmnt [of soldirs]? H answ, Swar to m by Elohim that you will not kill m nor dlivr m into th hand of my adonai [or, mastr] and I will tak you down to this dtachmnt [of soldirs]. Thn David askd, Will you tak us down to ths soldirs? H answ, Swar to m by God that you will nithr kill m nor dlivr m into th hands of my mastr, and I will tak you to ths soldirs. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And David said to him: Can you bring m to this company? And h said: Swar to m by God, that you will not kill m, nor dlivr m into th hands of my mastr, and I will bring you to this company. And David swor to him. And so says to him David, Will you tak m down unto th band th this? And so h says, Swar to m by Elohim if you kill m and so if you dlivr m in a hand of my adonai, and I will tak you down unto th band th this.. And David said to him, Will you bring m down to this troop? And h said, Swar now to m by God, that you wilt not kill m, and that you wilt not dlivr m into th hands of my mastr, and I will bring you down upon this troop. Non, apart from hand bing in th plural in th Grk rathr than in th singular, as w hav in th Hbrw. Th Latin Vulgat says that David did swar to him (which is also found in th nxt vrs of th Pshitta this is not found in th Grk or Hbrw, howvr). Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag "Will you tak m to thos Amalkits?" David askd. "Ys, I will, if you promis with God as a witnss that you won't kill m or hand m ovr to my mastr." David askd him, "Can you tak us to th raidrs?" "Promis m by God," h said, "that you won't kill m or turn m ovr to my old mastr, and I'll tak you straight to th raidrs." Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo "Will you lad m to ths troops?" David askd him. H answ, "Tak an oath in front of God that you won't kill m or hand m ovr to my mastr, and I'll lad you to ths troops." Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings:
3871 Th Book of Samul MKJV Young s Updatd LT And David said to him, Can you bring m down to this company? And h said, Swar to m by God that you will nithr kill m nor dlivr m into th hands of my mastr, and I will bring you down to this company. And David says unto him, Do you bring m down unto this troop? and h says, Swar to m by God you do not put m to dath, nor do you shut m up into th hand of my lo and I bring you down unto this troop. What is th gist of this vrs? David asks th Egyptian slav to tak thm to th Amalkits; th Egyptian asks for spcific assurancs. 1Samul 30:15a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid); with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #413 BDB #39 Not th chang of prposition from v. 13a. David first spok to him; and hr, aftr tlling him vrything, David spaks unto him. David is showing this man grat rspct. Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 h ( ) [pronouncd hh] intrrogativ particl which acts almost lik a pic of punctuation, lik th upsid-down qustion mark which bgins a Spanish sntnc. Th vrb to b may b implid. Strong s #non BDB #209 yârad ( ) [pronouncd yaw-rahd] to caus to go down, to caus to com down, to bring down nd 2 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct st with th 1 prson singular suffix Strong s #3381 BDB #432 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 g dûwd ( ) [pronouncd g DOOD] troop, band [of soldirs], division, dtachmnt; an incision, cutting [of th skin]; furrow [of a fild] masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #1416 (& #1417 1418) BDB #151 A dtachmnt of soldirs cut through or brak up thir nmis. Although Strong lists ths as homonyms, thy ar rally th sam Hbrw wo.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3872 1Samul 30:15a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs zh ( ) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, thus dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Translation: Thn David said to him, Will you tak m down to this dtachmnt [of soldirs]? David has bn nothing but coial to this man; howvr, with th chang of prpositions, David is showing this Egyptian srvant a grat dal of rspct. This srvant maks no attmpt to minimiz his involvmnt in what has happnd; h offrs no xcuss. Had this bn Saul, half of th chaptr would hav bn dvotd to saying how h was forcd as a slav to participat and that h rally did not want to, but h had no choic. And, if Saul wr doing th intrrogation, his approach would hav bn from a position of arroganc. Furthrmor, onc h had th information that h wantd, h would hav probably killd this young man. Nithr David nor th young man ar slf-justifying or slf-promoting. David also has an intrsting approach hr. H dos not ask th srvant to bring us down to th Amalkits; h asks him to bring m down to th Amalkits. Thy ar spaking to on anothr in a vry prsonal and civil mannr. 1Samul 30:15b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 shâbva ( ) b [pronouncd shaw - VAH ] to swar, to imprcat, to curs, to swar an oath, to tak a solmn oath, to swar allgianc nd 2 prson masculin singular, Niphal imprativ with th voluntativ hê Strong's #7650 BDB #989 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 1 st prson singular suffix BDB #510 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 lôhîym ( ) [pronouncd l-o-heem] gods or God; translitratd Elohim masculin plural noun Strong's #430 BDB #43 Translation: H answ, Swar to m by Elohim... I could tak svral approachs hr: (1) David s faith is wll-known throughout th land, and vn this srvant knows nough about David to know that an oath by God will b sufficint; (2) th srvant is hoping that David will hav som rligious affiliation, and that this is a gnral rfrnc, which could b dliv to any rligious prson;(3) an oath from David is bttr than no oath at all; or (4) this Egyptian sought David to tak an oath undr his God, this giving th young man grat assuranc,
3873 Th Book of Samul 32 rgalss of his own blifs. Sinc this wo can b rnd God or gods, w rally don t know how this man mant it. Gill s xplanation: Th Targum rads, by th Wo of th Lo; but it is highly probabl this man had no notion of Jhovah, and his Wo, or of th tru God; only that thr was a God, and that an oath takn 33 by him was solmn, sac, and inviolabl, and might b trustd to and dpndd on. Or, prhaps, bttr than obtaining no oath at all. 1Samul 30:15c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 îm ( ) [pronouncd m] if, though; lo, bhold; oh that, if only; whn, sinc, though whn (or, if followd by a prfct tns which rfrs to a past vnt) primarily an hypothtical particl Strong's #518 BDB #49 Whn following an oath, ithr statd or implid, îm, by itslf, functions as an mphatic ngativ. mûwth ( ) [pronouncd mooth] to kill, to caus to di, to put to dath, to xcut nd 2 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct st with th 1 prson singular suffix Strong's #4191 BDB #559 Own incorrctly idntifis this as a Qal stm (which would b translatd to di, to prish). Translation:...that you will not kill m... As mntiond, with an oath, th wo if can b rnd that...not. This Egyptian srvant will ask for two things: first, h asks David not to kill him. Th Egyptian slav conncts this rqust with an oath. 1Samul 30:15d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 îm ( ) [pronouncd m] if, though; lo, bhold; oh that, if only; whn, sinc, though whn (or, if followd by a prfct tns which rfrs to a past vnt) primarily an hypothtical particl Strong's #518 BDB #49 32 This was suggstd by Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; from -swo, 1Sam. 30:15. Th ida is, if I askd an Muslim to tak an oath by Mohammd, vn though I bliv that Mohammd is, lik any othr rligious ladr, a spawn of Satan; I would fl that this Muslim might mor likly fulfill thir oath to m. 33 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:15. I did som minor diting. Matthw Hnry was convincd that this Egyptian was asking David to swar by th Tru God, and not that of th Egyptians or Amalkits; howvr, I do not bliv that th txt rquirs that w tak this position. Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:7 20.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3874 1Samul 30:15d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Whn following an oath, ithr statd or implid, îm, by itslf, functions as an mphatic ngativ. çâgar ( ) [pronouncd saw-gahr] to dlivr ovr, to dlivr ovr for imprisonmnt, to dlivr up (whn followd by l) nd 2 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct st with th 1 prson singular suffix Strong s #5462 BDB #688 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity BDB #88 yâd ( ) [pronouncd yawd] hand fminin singular construct Strong's #3027 BDB #388 âdôwn ( ) [pronouncd aw-dohn] lo, mastr, ownr, suprior, sovrign masculin singular noun st with th 1 prson plural suffix Strong s #113 BDB #10 Translation:...nor dlivr m into th hand of my adonai [or, mastr]... Th scond thing that th Egyptian srvant asks is that David not dlivr him ovr to th hands of his lo, his mastr. This is an intrsting rqust, as, on would xpct that David would slaughtr ths Amalkits. Howvr, lt s s this from th prspctiv of this Egyptian slav. H has bn xtrmly sick and out of it for about thr (or mor) days. H has not atn for thr days. W do not know if h knows xactly who David is, although h might rasonably surmis that David and his mn ar Jws. Thrfor, this slav may not rally know what David intnds to do. Sinc w hav bn with David all of this tim, w know xactly what h is going to do. W hav no qustions about that; howvr, this young Egyptian man dos not hav our prspctiv. On th othr hand (I am arguing with myslf now, which I oftn do); this young man has bn a part of raiding partis which hav killd Jws and h is spaking to a band of Jws; so an attack by thm against his formr mastr is a logical outcom. This lads m to on of two conclusions: (1) this young man is still out of it; h dos not fully comprhnd that David will attack and kill his formr mastr and his camp; so h asks not to b killd and not to b rturnd to his mastr two rasonabl rqusts from a man who is not compltly cognizant of what is going on. (2) This young man is vry cognizant of what is going on; h might gt David s assurancs not to kill him, and thn David hand him ovr to his mastr, who will kill him bfor David kills his mastr (in this way, David, whos charactr h dos not know, would b fulfilling his agrmnt with him, and still having him killd). Prsonally, I lan towa this young man as still bing out of it. H knows only two things: h dos not want to b killd and h dos not want to b rturnd to his mastr. Now, all of that bing said, th slav dos not know that David is narly bound by th Law of God to provid him protction: Dut. 23:15 16: You shall not dlivr to his mastr th srvant who has scapd from his mastr to you. H shall liv with you, among you, in that plac which h shall choos in on of your gats, whr it sms good to him. You shall not opprss him. This slav did not scap his mastr and com to Isral, as an xprssion of positiv volition; howvr, on might argu that God placd him thr in David s path, in part for David and, in part, for th slav himslf. Application: On may wondr how dos a lif-thratning illnss fit into God s plan? Why dos God allow us to fall into an horrndous illnss from which thr appars to b no rcovry? This young Egyptian slav is crtainly mad ill by God in or for David to rscu his wivs and th familis of his soldirs. Furthrmor, w may guss that this was not simply som miscllanous slav, but on with som positiv volition towa God. Thrfor,
3875 Th Book of Samul by th association with David and his mn, this slav might hav a rlationship with Jhovah Elohim, th God of Isral. Application: I must admit that, from tim to tim, things happn to m which I am unapprciativ of, to say th last. Howvr, in looking back, I can s how ths things, which I saw as problms and obstacls, ld m and guidd m to whr I am today. I cannot guarant that you will always know why this or that has happnd to you; and, if you ar sorly lacking in doctrin, thn you probably will not know until aftr you hav did. Howvr, in all that happns to us, what w s as good or bad, all has a purpos in God s plan of that, w may b assu. 1Samul 30:15 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 yârad ( ) [pronouncd yaw-rahd] to caus to go down, to caus to com down, to bring down st 1 prson singular, Hiphil imprfct with th nd 2 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #3381 BDB #432 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 g dûwd ( ) [pronouncd g DOOD] troop, band [of soldirs], division, dtachmnt; an incision, cutting [of th skin]; furrow [of a fild] masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #1416 (& #1417 1418) BDB #151 A dtachmnt of soldirs cut through or brak up thir nmis. Although Strong lists ths as homonyms, thy ar rally th sam Hbrw wo. zh ( ) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, thus dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Translation:...and I will tak you down to this dtachmnt [of soldirs]. Th young srvant rsponds to David in kind h could hav answ, I will bring your army down to my formr dtachmnt but instad, h says, I will bring you, David, down to th Amalkits. It is intrsting that, in this historical account, w do not hav David s assurancs to th young man. W may rasonably assum that David did swar to him, and probably by Jhovah, that h would not harm him or giv him ovr to his mastr. Howvr, what w will s nxt is David and this young man approaching th ncampmnt of th Amalkits. Clark: At th conclusion of this vrs, th Vulgat, Syriac, and Arabic add, that David swor to him. This is not xprssd in th Hbrw, but is ncssarily implid. 34 34 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:15.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3876 Again, th Amalkits did not just go to som miscllanous plac. Th mastr did not tll th slav, Hy, if you 35 fl bttr, catch up with us hr (as Gill and Wsly both suggst ). Nor did this slav ovrhar whr ths Amalkits wr going to stop and party. It is mor rasonabl that thy will rturn to an ncampmnt whr thy hav bn staying, givn th hug amount of booty that thy had alrady collctd. That is, thy could not vry wll carry all of th things which thy had so far acqui into battl vry tim, so thr had to b a plac whr thy kpt ths things. Furthrmor, th Amalkit soldirs would want to rturn to njoy thir possssions. So a particular ncampmnt (which might chang vry fw months) is whr thy would b. Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx David's Army Slaughtrs th Amalkits and Rcovrs thir Womn and Proprty And so h lads him down and bhold disprsd mn upon facs of all of th land, ating and drinking and clbrating in all th spoil th grat which thy had takn from a land of Philistins and from a land of Judah. 1Samul 30:16 H [th Egyptian srvant] ld him [David] down and, obsrv, [thr wr] mn disprsd ovr all th land, ating and drinking and clbrating with all th grat plundr which thy had takn from th land of th Philistins and from th land of Judah. So th Egyptian srvant ld David down [to whr th Amalkits wr campd], and thy obsrvd mn scatt about ating, drinking and clbrating all of th grat plundr which thy had takn from th land of th Philistins and from th land of Judah. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so h lads him down and bhold disprsd mn upon facs of all of th land, ating and drinking and clbrating in all th spoil th grat which thy had takn from a land of Philistins and from a land of Judah. And David swor to him. And whn h had brought him down, bhold, thy wr scatt upon th ground, ating and drinking and rjoicing bcaus of all th grat spoil that thy had takn from th land of th Philistins and from th land of Judah. So b brought him down thr, and bhold, thy wr scatt abroad upon th surfac of th whol land, ating and drinking, and fasting by rason of all th grat spoils which thy had takn out of th land of th Philistins, and out of th land of Juda. 36 Non, xcpt th Pshitta and th Arabic bgin by tlling us that David did swar to him. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag H ld David to th Amalkits. Thy wr ating and drinking vrywhr, clbrating bcaus of what thy had takn from Philistia and Judah. H ld David to thm. Thy wr scatt all ovr th plac, ating and drinking, gorging thmslvs on all th loot thy had plund from Philistia and Judah. 35 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:15. John Wsly; Explanatory Nots on th Whol Bibl; courtsy of -swo, 1Sam. 30:15. 36 Accoing to Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:15.
3877 Th Book of Samul NLT TEV So th Egyptian ld thm to th Amalkit ncampmnt. Whn David and his mn arrivd, th Amalkits wr sprad out across th filds, ating and drinking and dancing with joy bcaus of th vast amount of plundr thy had takn from th Philistins and th land of Judah. And h ld David to thm. Th raidrs wr scatt ll ovr th plac, ating, drinking, and clbrating bcaus of th normous amount of look thy had captu from Philistia and Judah. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) Th Egyptian ld him to thm. Thy wr sprad out all ovr th land, ating, and drinking. Thy wr clbrating bcaus thy had takn so much loot from Philistin trritory and from th land of Judah. So h ld him down, and thr thy wr, scatt all ovr th ground, ating and drinking and making mrry bcaus of all th vast spoil thy had takn from th land of th Philistins and from th land of Judah. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young s Updatd LT So h ld him, and thr wr th Amalkits, sprad out ovr th ntir ara, ating, drinking, and clbrating bcaus of th grat amount of plundr thy had takn from th land of th Philistins and th land of Judah. And h brings him down, and lo, thy ar sprad out ovr th fac of all th arth, ating, and drinking, and fasting, with all th grat spoil which thy hav takn out of th land of th Philistins, and out of th land of Judah. What is th gist of this vrs? This Egyptian srvant lads David to th camp of th Amalkits, whr thy ar partying and fasting, njoying all that thy had takn from th Philistins and from Judah. 1Samul 30:16a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 yârad ( ) [pronouncd yaw-rahd] to caus to go down, to caus to com down, to bring down, to lad down 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #3381 BDB #432 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 hinnêh ( ) [pronouncd hin-nay] lo, bhold, or mor frly, obsrv, look hr, look, listn, pay attntion, gt this, chck this out intrjction, dmonstrativ particl Strong s #2009 (and #518, 2006) BDB #243 â ash ( n - ) [pronouncd naw-tash] to allow to; to lav [forsak], to lt go of, to lt alon in th sns of to disprs, to b sprad out, to lt run wild masculin plural, Qal passiv participl Strong s #5203 BDB #643
1Samul Chaptr 30 3878 1Samul 30:16a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs For som wos, I hav to, in part, scrap what I find in BDB and in Gsnius, and bgin from scratch. Thr wr so many manings for this wo (8 sts of Qal manings alon) that I wnt back, lookd at all of th passags whr this wo is found, and thn trid to dtrmin a smallr st of manings which would work. Th original us of this vrb sms to b to allow to (Gn. 31:28), but it appars to hav takn on a similar but diffrnt st of manings in latr litratur. al ( ) [pronouncd ahl] upon, against, abov prposition Strong s #5921 BDB #752 pânîym ( ) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs; prsnc masculin plural construct (plural acts lik English singular) Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, âl and pânîym man upon th fac of, facing, in front of, bfor (as in prfrnc to), in addition to, ovrlooking kôl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] th whol, all of, th ntirty of, all; can also b rnd any of masculin singular construct followd by a dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 rts ( ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #776 BDB #75 Translation: H [th Egyptian srvant] ld him [David] down and, obsrv, [thr wr] mn disprsd ovr all th land,... Th Egyptian knows right whr th Amalkits ar campd. This suggsts that thr was a plac whr thy ssntially livd, just as David and his mn did. This would hav bn thir primary camp, and, as I hav suggstd bfor, thy may hav movd this camp from tim to tim. Th vrb hr was a bit of a struggl, but th ida was, ths Philistins wr on brak. Thy wr lt loos to do whatvr thy wantd to do. Rmmbr, thy had just takn hunds of womn from David s camp, so it was tim for som R and R. What thy had in mind was rally privat ntrtainmnt. Thy had food, thy had alcohol, thy had womn. Thy wr lt loos to lt loos. A rasonabl qustion is, how did this Egyptian slav know whr to find th Amalkits? Th answr to that is quit simpl: ths Amalkits did not simply go to som miscllanous spot in southrn Canaan to party. Thy did not just stop anywhr to hang out and njoy thir booty; thy had a spcific ara which thy occupid and, as w will s latr in this chaptr, thy hav so many things gath thr from thir attacks, that David will not b abl to us it all himslf and h will distribut it to th ldrs in a dozn citis. So thy livd in a spcific ara, and th Egyptian slav knw whr this was. H also knw that it was thir custom to rturn to this plac aftr ach raid. If you hav studid th last svral chaptrs with m, you raliz that I hav th kind of mind that qustions th bhavior and actions of th mn that w obsrv, simply bcaus I lik all things to fall into a logical plac. I do bliv th historical narrativs which w study ar compltly tru in all rspcts, but I will still play th dvil s advocat and qustion, what about this; what about that? I may not unarth any grat spiritual mystris and I may not uncovr som nuggt of minutia which xplains an important aspct of this or that doctrin but I hop to show that ths narrativs ar logical, rasonabl and without contradiction. Whn I com to somthing which I cannot xplain, I will admit to it. Whn I com up with an xplanation which I don t car for; I will admit to that as wll. Almost vry yar of my taching carr, I taught gomtry, and from a logical, progrssiv prspctiv. Such a daily approach for th gratr part of my lif cannot hlp but caus my mind to think in this way;
3879 Th Book of Samul furthrmor, in looking back at my intrsts in collg, and thos courss which stimulatd m, th courss stpd in logic appald to m th most (which includd Political Scinc and on particular profssor). In othr wos, that is also my intllctual pisposition. My approach to Scriptur, whil not ncssarily uniqu, tnds to b xtrmly mthodical and logical much mor so than what w find in th avrag pulpit. I want to rmind you how much God s grac playd a factor in ths vnts. You will rcall how God xtraditd David from his prsonal dilmma of showing propr loyalty to Achish without warring against his own popl. Gill commnts: By th dismissal of David from th army of th Philistins, h was not only dliv from a sad plight h was in, ithr of acting an ungratful part to Achish, or an unnatural on to Isral; but also, by th prssing charg of Achish to gt away as arly as possibl in th morning, h cam tim nough to rscu th pry th Amalkits had takn at Ziklag his city, as in th following chaptr; and th providnc of God in this affair is furthr obsrvabl, as by som rprsntd, sinc if David had stayd in th camp of th Philistins, it would not hav bn so asy for him, on th dath of Saul, to hav got from thm, and succd in th kingdom, as h could and did from Ziklag. 37 1Samul 30:16b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs âkal ( ) [pronouncd aw-kahl] to at; to dvour, to consum, to dstroy masculin plural, Qal activ participl Strong s #398 BDB #37 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 shâthâh ( ) [pronouncd shaw- THAW] to drink [actually or mtaphorically]; to drink togthr [at a banqut] masculin plural, Qal activ participl Strong s #8354 BDB #1059 Translation:...ating and drinking... Now, this is ironic. Rmmbr th Egyptian slav who is obsrving thm? Thy lft him bhind with no food or watr, vn though thy apparntly had an xcss of it. Just what h had not don for thr days, thy wr doing continually (compar this to vv. 11 12). Do you s th irony hr? Had thy lt him rmain with a littl food and watr, h might hav rcov and h may hav vn bn gon by th tim David and his mn cam across him. Had th Amalkits waitd or simply carrid him along, thy might hav ludd David (thy had camls upon which this slav could hav bn transportd). Howvr, ths Amalkits, with an ovrabundanc of food and drink, could not bar to lav any of it bhind and could not bar to b slowd down by this sick Egyptian srvant. Th obsrving angls must hav laughd at thir short-sightdnss and th irony of all this. 1Samul 30:16c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 châgag ( ) - [pronouncd khaw- GAHG] to mov in a circl, to danc, to rl to b giddy, to fast; to clbrat [oftn, a fast or a fast day] masculin plural, Qal activ participl Strong s #2287 BDB #290 37 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 29:11.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3880 1Samul 30:16c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs This is th sam wo oftn translatd to kp a solmn fast (Dut. 16:15). Whn w find this wo usd apart from th Law, it is a wo of clbration, movmnt, dancing. I think what find ovr and ovr again in th KJV in th Law is an ascticizing of this wo (compar Ex. 23:14 Lv. 23:39, 41 Num. 29:12); so instad of this rfrring to kping (or obsrving) a solmn fast; this should, instad, rfr to th clbration of a fast-day. h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 kôl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] with a plural noun, it is rnd all of; any of masculin singular construct with a masculin plural noun Strong s #3605 BDB #481 Litrally, in all. Although I don t hav this in th lxicons, it is rnd by th most litral translations as among all, through all, throughout all, with all. shâlal ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LAWL] booty, spoil, plundr, rcompns, rwa masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #7998 BDB #1021 gâdôwl ( ) [pronouncd gaw-dole] grat in quantity, grat in magnitud and xtnt, mighty, vast, unyilding, immutabl; grat things, significant and astonishing [or mind-blowing] things masculin singular adjctiv; with th dfinit articl Strong s #1419 (& #1431) BDB #152 Translation:...and clbrating with all th grat plundr... Ovr and ovr again w find th vrb in this phras rnd to obsrv a solmn fast (Ex. 23:14 Lv. 23:39, 41 Num. 29:12 Dut. 16:15 Zch. 14:15 16, 18 19 Mal. 2:7). Do you think ths Amalkits ar solmnly obsrving a rligious fast prayrfully thanking thir gods for thir plundr? Hll no! Thy ar ating, drinking, singing, dancing, carousing. Thy hav food, alcohol and womn. This is th good lif. Thr is no asctic obsrvanc going on hr; thy ar fasting and partying. This should indicat that whn w find this vrb arlir in th Law it dos not rfr to a solmn fstival but to a grand clbration. Th fast days found in th Law dmand clbration rathr than a quit asctic obsrvanc. W ar md by God; that mption dsrvs som clbration on our part. Rmmbr our Lo s first miracl? 38 H turnd th watr at a wdding fast into win. That spaks of clbration not of a quit sombr gt togthr of boring rligious typs. Kil and Dlitzsch: This Egyptian thn conductd David, at his rqust, whn h had sworn that h would nithr kill him nor dlivr him up to his mastr, down to th hostil troops, who wr sprad ovr th whol land, ating, drinking, and making mrry, on account of all th grat booty which thy had 39 brought out of th land of th Philistins and Judah. Jamison, Fausst and Brown: Bliving that 38 Th significanc hr, by th way, was a contrast to Moss turning th watr of th Nil into blood. Moss brought condmnation to all man with th Law. Th Law showd us whr w faild; it showd up why w dsrv sparation from God; it showd us why w blong undr judgmnt. Whn Jsus cam, this was caus for grat clbration, for th judgmnt of th Law was liftd from our backs. 39 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:16.
3881 Th Book of Samul David and all his mn of war wr far away, ngagd with th Philistin xpdition, thy dmd thmslvs prfctly scur and abandond thmslvs to all mannr of barbaric rvlry. 40 1Samul 30:16d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun with th dfinit articl Strong's #834 BDB #81 lâqach ( ) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak from, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz, to tak possssion of; to snd aftr, to ftch, to bring; to rciv 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, away from, out from, out of, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, abov, byond, mor than, gratr than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 rts ( ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land fminin singular construct Strong's #776 BDB #75 P lish tîy (. ) [pronouncd p -lish-tee] translitratd Philistins masculin plural gntilic adjctiv (acts lik a propr noun) with th dfinit articl Strong s #6430 BDB #814 Translation:...which thy had takn from th land of th Philistins... Hr is on of th rasons that th Chrthits ar sn as a Philistin offshoot. Ths Amalkits attackd Judah and Calb in th land of Judah; thrfor, whn thy plund th land of th Philistins, th rmaining popl for thm to plundr would hav bn th Chrthits (v. 14). Thrfor, logic would dictat that thy ithr livd in th land of th Philistins or that thy wr an offshoot of th Philistins. Also bar in mind that th Philistins wr cotrminously at war with Isral thrfor, this group cannot b simply b a part of Philistia. It is likly that thy ithr wr an offshoot of th Philistins or had a traty with th Philistins. Howvr, lt m prsnt th cas for th othr sid: David was living in Philistia; thrfor, whn ths Amalkits wnt through Philistia, thy cam across David s camp in Ziklag. Thrfor, th Chrthits could hav livd in southrn Judah as wll. Now, givn that thy will b a part of David s army in th futur, ithr situation could b tru thy could b an offshoot of th Philistins or a small trib of popl who had a traty with Isral. 1Samul 30:16 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 40 Robrt Jamison, A. R. Fausst and David Brown; Commntary Critical and Explanatory on th Whol Bibl; from -swo, 1Sam. 30:16.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3882 1Samul 30:16 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, away from, out from, out of, on account of, sinc, abov, than, so that not, abov, byond, mor than, gratr than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 rts ( ) [pronouncd EH-rts] arth (all or a portion throf), land fminin singular construct Strong's #776 BDB #75 Y hûwdâh ( ) [pronouncd y hoo- DAW] possibly mans to prais, to b praisd; and is translitratd Judah masculin propr noun/location Strong s #3063 BDB #397 Translation:...and from th land of Judah. Ths Amalkits also had attackd th land of Judah, attacking Judah, Simon (probably) and Calb. Coming across David s camp was a bonus. Although som of th mchanics ar not givn to us, it is vry likly that ths Amalkits snt spid throughout th land, locatd suitabl targts, and thn struck. Whthr thy cam across David s camp at th right tim or cam across it at th wrong tim, and kpt an y on it for latr w don t know. In any cas, thy struck David s camp with prfct timing thy just did not know th consquncs of thir actions. In v. 14, th Egyptian slav told David th popl which ths Amalkits had struck: th Chrthits, th Judahits, th Calbits and David s camp. In this vrs, w ar told thy struck (th southrn) portions of Philistia and Judah. Th Judahits and th Calbits liv in southrn Judah and Ziklag is in southrn Philistia. Bcaus th Chrthits ar closly associatd with th Philistins throughout Scriptur (Ezk. 25:16 Zph. 2:5), w may rasonably assum that thy liv in southrn Philistia as wll. And so striks thm down David from th twilight and until th vning to [th] morrow. And had not scapd in thm a man for if four hunds a man, young mn who mountd [and rod] upon th camls and so thy fl. 1Samul 30:17 David struck thm down from twilight until th nxt vning [lit., until th vning with rspct to th morrow]. Not a man from [lit., in] thm scapd xcpt for 400 mn young mn who mountd camls and scapd. David and his mn bgan to kill th Amalkits that vning and continud killing thm until th nxt vning. Non of thm scapd xcpt for 400 young mn who mountd thir camls and scapd. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint And David slw thm from th vning unto th vning of th nxt day, and thr scapd not a man of thm, but four hund young mn, who had gottn upon camls, and fld. And so striks thm down David from th twilight and until th vning to [th] morrow. And had not scapd in thm a man for if four hunds a man, young mn who mountd [and rod] upon th camls and so thy fl. And David struck thm from th morning until th vning from th rar; and thr scapd not a man of thm, xcpt 400 mn who rod upon camls and fld. And David cam upon thm, and smot thm from th morning till th vning, and on th nxt day; and not on of thm scapd, xcpt four hund young mn, who wr mountd on camls, and fld.
3883 Th Book of Samul Significant diffrncs: Th LXX adds that David cam upon thm, which is missing (but implid) in th Hbrw, Latin and Aramaic txts. This additional txt is also missing from th Pshitta. Also, although it sounds as though thr is a diffrnc in th tim fram (vning to vning vrsus morning to vning; th Hbrw can b undrstood in ithr sns). In this cas, th Pshitta agrs with th Sptuagint (which, again, could hav th xact sam maning as th Masortic txt). Th Latin undrstood this as bing from vning to vning. Th Hbrw could b undrstood in ithr way. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NAB NLT REB David attackd just bfor sunris th nxt day and fought until sunst. Four hund Amalkits rod away on camls, but thy wr th only ons who scapd. David pouncd. H fought thm from bfor sunris until vning of th nxt day. Non got away xcpt for four hund of th youngr mn who scapd by riding off on camls. From dawn to sundown David attackd thm, putting thm undr th ban so that non scapd xcpt four hund young mn, who mountd thir camls and fld. David and his mn rushd in among thm and slaught thm throughout that night and th ntir nxt day until vning. Non of th Amalkits scapd xcpt four hund young mn who fld on camls. David attackd from dawn to dusk and continud till nxt day; only four hund young mn mountd on camls got away. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo From dawn until vning th nxt day, David attackd thm. No on scapd xcpt 400 young mn who rod away on camls. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young s Updatd LT David slaught thm from twilight until th vning of th nxt day. Non of thm scapd, xcpt 400 young mn who got on camls and fld. And David striks thm from th twilight vn unto th vning of th nxt day, and thr has not scapd of thm a man, xcpt four hund young mn who hav riddn on th camls, and ar fld. What is th gist of this vrs? David (and his mn) slaughtr th Amalkits; only 400 Amalkits scap on camls. 1Samul 30:17a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâkâh ( ) [pronouncd naw- KAWH] to smit, to assault, to hit, to strik, to strik [somthing or somon] down, to dfat 3 prson masculin plural Hiphil imprfct; with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong #5221 BDB #645
1Samul Chaptr 30 3884 1Samul 30:17a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 nshph ( ) [pronouncd NEH-shf] litrally blowing, brathing; but translatd vning, twilight [of th vning or morning] masculin singular substantiv with th dfinit articl Strong s #5399 BDB #676 This is a rfrnc to th brz on ncountrs ithr in th arly vning or th arly morning; thrfor, twilight is a good rndring, as it could rfr to ithr. Thy Syriac and Grk rad from morning to vning; th Latin rads from vning to vning. w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Togthr, min...wa ad ( ) man from...to or both...and; as in from soup to nuts or both young and old. rb ( ) b [pronouncd EH-r v] vning, sunst masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #6153 BDB #787 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 mâch râthâm ( ) [pronouncd maw-chuh-raw-thawm] th morrow (th day following a past day), th nxt day, th following day fminin singular noun/advrb Strong s #4283 BDB #564 An oddball thing hr is that w hav a short Qâmats, which looks xactly lik a Qâmats to m. This lttr is mntiond in Strong s and th o pronunciation is found in both Strong s and in Th Nw Englishman s Concoanc; howvr, this must b a rarity, as I don t find it in Mansoors s Hbrw nor is thr a diffrnt, short Qâmats listd on th WoPrfct kyboa. As a rsult, th pronunciation which I hav givn this wo dos not match that found in Strong s (which offrs up mokh-or-aw-thawm' instad). Translation: David struck thm down from twilight until th nxt vning [lit., until th vning (or, twilight) with rspct to th morrow]. On might assum that w ar daling hr with th twilight of that vning, as David would want to attack as quickly as possibl. H could s ths mn sprad out all across th land; h is going to wait for th first good opportunity to attack, which would b that vning, not th nxt morning. Furthrmor, thir wivs ar thr, which would caus David to want to attack thm immdiatly (I hav assumd that thy cam upon ths mn in th aftrnoon or vning). On th othr hand, thr ar a lot of Amalkits hr; thrfor, David cannot simply attack thm right thn and thr. H has to wait for th most opportun tim. Whn you ar daling with a lot of mn who ar drinking, whn do you want to attack thm? Bright and arly in th morning, aftr thy hav bn in a drunkn stupor for a half hour or so. Most will b too drunk to gt up; many will slp until th momnt thy ar killd. You s, David has
3885 Th Book of Samul with him 400 mn, and it says hr that h will kill vry Amalkit but 400. This would lad m to bliv that thr ar thousands of Amalkits thr at last 3000 as th spin on this vrs is only 400 gt away. In cas you ar wondring, Wsly suggsts this is vning, writing: [Th vning] sms hr intndd, partly bcaus thir ating, and drinking, and dancing, was mor propr work for th vning, than th morning; and partly, bcaus th vning was mor convnint for David, that th fwnss of his forcs might not b discov by th day - light. It is probabl, that whn h cam nar thm, h rposd himslf, and his army, in som scrt plac, whrof thr wr many parts, for a convnint 41 sason; and thn marchd on so as to com to thm at th vning tim. Kil and Dlitzsch also 42 bliv this was th vning tim. Gill, following th lad of Josphus, first suggsts this is th morning twilight: David cam to thm, and lt thm alon till thy wr drunk and aslp, and thn arly in th morning fll upon thm, and smot thm until th vning; so Josphus rlats it; but othrs tak it to b th twilight of th vning, and that h fll upon thm that night, and continud th slaughtr of thm to th vning of th nxt day, with which agrs th Targum; nay, som tak th nxt day, or th morrow, to b that which followd aftr th two vnings; so that this slaughtr was carrid on to th thi day. 43 Now, it is intrsting that all of this sounds as though David and David alon gos in and kills all of ths Amalkits. Howvr, this is highly unlikly. H would strik in th morning twilight with his mn. Th mphasis mad hr is, David is in charg, and th victory gos to David, dspit th fact that thr ar 400 mn with him. Howvr, thr will b a disput startd by ths 400; thrfor, David will mak th final dtrmination in this disput, as h is in charg. 1Samul 30:17b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 mâla ( ) [pronouncd maw-laht] to b dliv; to dlivr onslf, to scap, to slip away, to slip through [or past]; to go away in hast 3 prson masculin singular [oftn a rflxiv maning in th] Niphal prfct Strong s #4422 BDB #572 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong s# non BDB #88 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] whn, that, for, bcaus conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 41 John Wsly; Explanatory Nots on th Whol Bibl; courtsy of -swo, 1Sam. 30:17. 42 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:17. 43 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:17. Th Josphus rfrnc is Antiquitis l. 6. c. 4. sct. 6.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3886 1Samul 30:17b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îm ( ) [pronouncd m] if, though; lo, bhold; oh that, if only; whn, sinc, though primarily an hypothtical particl Strong's #518 BDB #49 Togthr, kîy îm ( ) [pronouncd k-m] act as a limitation on th prcding thought, and thrfor should b rnd but, xcpt, unlss and possibly only. Howvr, ths particls ar not usd in a limiting way if thy follow an oath, a qustion or a ngativ. Thn thy can b rnd that if, for if, for though, that sinc, for if, but if, indd if, vn if. ar ba ( ) [pronouncd ahr -BAH ] four masculin singular noun; numral Strong s #702 BDB #916 mê âh ( ) [pronouncd may-aw] on hund fminin plural numral Strong s #3967 BDB #547 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 Translation: Not a man from [lit., in] thm scapd xcpt for 400 mn... Th wo iysh is found twic in this portion of this vrs, and is usd in a slightly diffrnt way. First it is th subjct of th vrb, which is a masculin singular vrb. Th or as w find it is difficult for us, but from all th Amalkits no man scapd xcpt for 400 mn (th Hbrw typically uss th singular man whn affixd to a numbr whr w would us a plural). It is intrsting that w hav th phras 400 mn rpatd (s v. 10). W find svral parallls in this chaptr which st up a contrast. Th contrast hr is, David will strik with only 400 mn. Thy kill vry Amalkit xcpt for 400 mn. David s 400 mn massacr th Amalkits so badly that only 400 mn ar abl to scap. Again, this indicats that thr wr at last svral thousand Amalkits, if not tns of thousands. 1Samul 30:17c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs a ar ( ) [pronouncd n - - NAH- ahr] boy, youth, young man, prsonal attndant masculin singular noun Strong s #5288 & #5289 BDB #654 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun with th dfinit articl Strong's #834 BDB #81 râkab ( ) [pronouncd raw- B KAH V] to mount and rid, to rid 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #7392 BDB #938 al ( ) [pronouncd ahl] upon, against, abov prposition Strong s #5921 BDB #752 gâmâl ( ) [pronouncd gaw- MAWL] caml (this is obviously a translitration) masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #1581 BDB #168
3887 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:17c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nûwç ( ) [pronouncd noos] to fl, to fl from, to scap, to dpart, to hastn quickly [away] 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5127 BDB #630 Translation:... young mn who mountd camls and scapd. This givs us a dscription of th mn who scapd and how thy scapd. Thy wr young mn, which is intrsting. I pictur youth as bing th most hdonistic and last alrt whn indulging in thir hdonistic fantasis. Howvr, apparntly, thr wr 400 youngr mn who wr not so drunk or not so caught up in xcsss, as to b abl to apprhnd what was going on and managd to scap. Thy jumpd on camls and dpartd. Raliz, of cours, that ths Amalkits ar scatt all ovr in various groupings, drinking, ating and partying. Thrfor, as David and his mn go in and bgin to strik thm down, thr will b som who har what is going on and manag to scap. Thos who scap ar probably impai by alcohol and raliz that if thy rmain to fight that thy will di as wll. It is possibl that thy ar sobr as wll; but I think thir bing impai, haring th killing of thir fllow soldirs, and thn bing struck by far is th most logical xplanation hr. And so rscus David all that took Amalkits and a pair of his womn rscud David. 1Samul 30:18 David rcov all that th Amalkits took and David rscud his two wivs [as wll]. David rcov all that th Amalkits took as wll as his two wivs. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so rscus David all that took Amalkits and a pair of his womn rscud David. And David rcov all that th Amalkits had takn, and h rscud both his wivs. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV David rscud his two wivs and vryon ls th Amalkits had takn from Ziklag. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo David rscud vrything th Amalkits had takn, including his two wivs. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young s Updatd LT David rcov vrything th Amalkits had takn; h also rscud his two wivs. And David dlivrs all that th Amalkits hav takn; also his two wivs has David dliv.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3888 What is th gist of this vrs? David (and his soldirs) rscu all which th Amalkits hav takn, including his two wivs. 1Samul 30:18a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâtsal ( ) [pronouncd naw- TSAHL] to snatch away, to dlivr, to rscu, to snatch out of dangr, to prsrv, to rcovr 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil imprfct Strong s #5337 BDB #664 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 kôl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] th whol, all, th ntirty, vry masculin singular noun Strong s #3605 BDB #481 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, kôl shr man all whom, whomvr, all whos, all whr, whrvr. lâqach ( ) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak from, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz, to tak possssion of; to snd aftr, to ftch, to bring; to rciv 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 amâlêq ( ) - [pronouncd ah-maw- LAYK] translitratd Amalk masculin propr noun (usd infrquntly as an gntilic adjctiv) Strong s #6002 BDB #766 Translation: David rcov all that th Amalkits took... Th Amalkits wr in this for th plundr. Thy stol whatvr thy possibly could vry tim thy attackd this plac or that; and thn kpt ths things. David rcov all of it, including thir missing Ipods and cll phons. Matthw Hnry: Providnc had so o it that th Amalkits carfully prsrvd all that thy had takn, concluding that thy kpt it for thmslvs, though rally thy prsrvd it for th right ownrs, so that thr was nothing lacking to thm; so it provd, whn thy concludd all was gon: so much bttr is God oftntims to us than our own fars. 44 44 Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:18.
3889 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:18b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 sh tayîm ( ) [pronouncd sh TAH- yim] two, two of, a pair of, a duo of fminin numral construct Strong s #8147 BDB #1040 nâshîym (. ) [pronouncd naw- SHEEM] womn, wivs fminin plural construct; irrgular plural of Strong s #802; with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #802 BDB #61 nâtsal ( ) [pronouncd naw- TSAHL] to snatch away, to dlivr, to rscu, to snatch out of dangr, to prsrv, to rcovr 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil prfct Strong s #5337 BDB #664 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 Translation:...and David rscud his two wivs [as wll]. Mor importantly to David, h also rscud his two wivs. I hav spok of authorship on svral occasions; this vrs and v. 5 suggst that David was th ywitnss who rcod this incidnt. And so h was not lft bhind to thm, from th small and as far as th grat, and as far as sons and daughtrs, and from spoil and as far as all that thy took to thm th all brought back David. 1Samul 30:19 And nothing was lft bhind [or, lacking] with rspct to thm, from th small to th grat, to [thir] sons and daughtrs, from plundr to all which thy took from [lit., with rgas to] thm David brought back all [of it]. And David lft nothing of thirs bhind, from small possssions to grat, not thir sons or thir daughtrs, including all of th plundr which thy had stoln, David brought back all of it. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt Pshitta And thr was nothing missing small or grat, nithr of thir sons or thir daughtrs, nor of th spoils, and whatsovr thy had takn, David rcov all. [v. 14 in th Amrican Douay-Rhims txt]. And so h was not lft bhind to thm, from th small and as far as th grat, and as far as sons and daughtrs, and from spoil and as far as all that thy took to thm th all brought back David. And thy lost nothing, for David rcov all.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3890 Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And nothing was wanting to thm of grat or small, ithr of th spoils, or th sons and daughtrs, or anything that thy had takn of thirs; and David rcov all. Not th brvity of th Pshitta. Thr is on phras which was movd around in th LXX. Th Hbrw and th Latin sm to b in complt agrmnt hr and th Grk offrs no significant diffrncs. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT No on was missing young or old, sons or daughtrs. David brought back vrything that had bn stoln,... Nothing and no on was missing young or old, son or daughtr, plundr or whatvr. David rcov th whol lot. Nothing was missing: small or grat, son or daughtr, nor anything ls that had bn takn. David brought vrything back. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo Nothing was missing-young or old, sons or daughtrs, th loot or anything ls thy had takn with thm. David brought back vrything. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: Updatd Emphasizd Bibl HCSB Young s Updatd LT...and thr was nothing missing of thirs whthr small or grat, whthr spoil, or sons or daughtrs, or *anything which thy had takn to thmslvs*, David rcov <all> [of it]. Nothing of thirs was missing from th youngst to th oldst, including th sons and daughtrs, of all th plundr th Amalkits had takn. David got vrything back. And thr has not lackd to thm anything, from small unto grat, and unto sons and daughtrs, and from th spoil, vn unto all that thy had takn to thmslvs, th whol has David brought back. What is th gist of this vrs? David (and his soldirs) rcovr that all that was takn from thm. 1Samul 30:19a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 âdar ( ) [pronouncd - gaw-dahr] to b lft bhind, to rmain; to b wanting [lacking] 3 prson masculin singular, Niphal prfct Strong s #5737 BDB #727
3891 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:19a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Th Niphal is th passiv of th Qal stm, but it can also rfr to an action in a stat of progrss or dvlopmnt; thrfor w add in th wo bing. It can xprss adjctival idas and it can, in plural forms, 45 strss th individual ffct upon ach mmbr of th group. This lattr undrstanding hlps to xplain this to us. lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 Translation: And nothing was lav bhind with rspct to thm,... Although th maning hr is fairly asy to discrn, th translation is mor difficult. Thr is anothr Hbrw wo which may b usd in or to convy that nothing was lft bhind; but that ngativ was not usd. Th ngativ which ngats th vrb was usd instad. What w might xpct was, And h did not lav [anything] blonging to thm bhind. Th problm with this undrstanding is th Niphal (passiv) stm of th vrb. In th passiv stm, w ar spaking somthing bing lft bhind (or of somon laving somthing bhind). For an author othr than David, might b simply xplaind by a poor grammatical choic. Howvr, thr is somthing intnsly prsonal about this book Samul that David must hav writtn much of it at last th original accounts. Now, if w mov away from th Niphal as simply signifying a passiv sns, thn w may gt a bttr ida as to its us hr. What this probably signifis is th ffct th individual has upon th group. David s focus, planning and xcution rsults in a vry succssful military campaign against ths Amalkits, which has bnficial ffcts to all of his soldirs (not that th vrb is in th masculin singular but th suffix of th lâmd prposition is a masculin plural, furthr supporting this position). Now, apart from this, th ida is simpl: nothing was lacking from th things takn from David s mn. 1Samul 30:19b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 qâ ôn ( or ) [pronouncd kaw-tohn] small, insignificant; a wo particularly usd for youth, youngr masculin singular adjctiv with th dfinit articl Strong s #6995 & #6996 BDB #882 wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Togthr, min...wa ad ( ) man from...to or both...and; as in from soup to nuts or both young and old. 45 Th Complt Wo Study Old Tstamnt; Dr. S. Zodhiats; 1994 AMG Publishrs; p. 2278.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3892 1Samul 30:19b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs gâdôwl ( ) [pronouncd gaw-dole] grat in quantity, grat in magnitud and xtnt, mighty, vast, unyilding, immutabl; grat things, significant and astonishing [or mind-blowing] things adjctiv oftn usd as a substantiv with th dfinit articl Strong s #1419 (& #1431) BDB #152 Translation:...from th small to th grat,... From th smallst thing takn from David and his mn, to th largst, vrything was rcov. This sms to imply that vn th provisions takn from th Jws wr not touchd (although som commntators would tak issu with that). In any cas, whn it coms to popl and th things which ar smi-imprishabl, all of ths things wr no doubt prsrvd. 1Samul 30:19c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Togthr, min...wa ad ( ) man from...to or both...and; as in from soup to nuts or both young and old. bên ( ) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin plural noun Strong s #1121 BDB #119 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bath ( ) [pronouncd bahth] daughtr; villag fminin plural noun Strong's #1323 BDB #123 Translation:...to [thir] sons and daughtrs,... All of thir childrn wr rturnd to thm. This would indicat that ths mn had bn with David for a long tim. Not only did many of thm hav wivs, but many had childrn as wll. I roughly stimat th tim that David spnt vading Saul was about tn yars. Although it is possibl mn showd up to ally thmslvs with David, and thy brought with thm a wif and childrn; it is mor likly that most of David s mn wr singl whn thy cam to him, and that thy hookd up with a wif during David s movmnt across th nation Isral. 1Samul 30:19d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251
3893 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:19d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 shâlal ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LAWL] booty, spoil, plundr, rcompns, rwa masculin singular noun Strong's #7998 BDB #1021 ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 Togthr, min...wa ad ( ) man from...to or both...and; as in from soup to nuts or both young and old. kôl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] th whol, all, th ntirty, vry masculin singular noun Strong s #3605 BDB #481 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, kôl shr man all whom, whomvr, all whos, all whr, whrvr. lâqach ( ) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak from, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz, to tak possssion of; to snd aftr, to ftch, to bring; to rciv 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 Translation:...from plundr to all which thy took from [lit., with rgas to] thm... Evrything which th Amalkits had takn was rturnd to thm. 1Samul 30:19 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kol ( ) [pronouncd kol] th whol, totality, all, th ntirty, vry masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 shûwb ( ) b [pronouncd shoo v] to caus to rturn, to bring, to b causd to turn back mntally, rminisc, to rturn somthing, to rstor, to bring back, to snd back, to rgain, to rcovr, to mak rstitution, rconsidr, think again, to b causd to rturn 3 prson masculin singular, Hiphil prfct Strong's #7725 BDB #996
1Samul Chaptr 30 3894 1Samul 30:19 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 Translation:... David brought back all [of it]. Again, David is th on spokn of as rturning all of this; howvr, it was obviously him and th 400 mn who wr with him. Howvr, David, in Scriptur, rcivs th cit for this; why? David, although h was initially upst about all of this, h did not fall apart; h did not sit on th ground and star off into spac bcaus of his pain. H actd dcisivly and with grat wisdom. Had ths dcisions bn lft up to a lssr man, first or of businss would hav bn to put th blam on David and to kill David. Scond or of businss may hav bn to pursu th Amalkits. As mntiond prviously, if a lssr man cam upon this Egyptian slav and listnd to what h had don, h might hav killd this slav right thr on th spot. By th way, thr ar tims that w will b without th things which w hav bcom usd to having; and thr ar tims that w will hav ths things rsto to us. Thr will b tims of abundanc and tims that w just scrap by. God is still God in all of this; H still owns th cattl on a thousand hills. Our focus should b upon God and not upon th things which h givs us. David s focus is upon God; w undrstand this from vv. 6b 8. His concrn with this matrial things is bcaus of his rsponsibility to his mn. Application: You want to own a businss or run a company; that s fin; thr is nothing wrong with that. Howvr, your motivation should not b that you want to boss popl around or that you want to mak th most mony or you want th nicst offic that you can wandr into and prop your ft up on a dsk. Your focus should b on your rsponsibilitis and to thos who ar undr you. David s focus is upon all of his mn, which will bcom vn mor clar whn w com to vv. 22 24. Our spiritual focus and our rsponsibilitis do not hav to b mutually xclusiv in fact, thy should not b. David is focusd upon what God has for him to do as wll as upon th nds of his mn. If you hav a position of rsponsibility, you nd to hav th sam sort of focus. And so taks David all th flock and th h. Thy ld to facs of th cattl th that and so thy say, That [is] a spoil of David. 1Samul 30:20 David took all of th flocks [i., th shp and goats] and th h [i.., th oxn and cattl] and thy ld thm bfor David and said, Ths blong to David [lit., this (is) David s spoil]. David took all of th shp, goats, oxn and cattl; ths wr ld bfor David, and his troops affirmd, Ths blong to David. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint And h took all th flocks and th hs, and mad thm go bfor him: and thy said: This is th pry of David. And so taks David all th flock and th h. Thy ld to facs of th cattl th that and so thy say, That [is] a spoil of David. And David took all th flocks and th hs, and an abundanc of othr things in addition, and thy said, This is David s spoil. And h took all th flocks, and th hs, and ld thm away bfor th spoils: and it was said of ths spoils, Ths ar th spoils of David.
3895 Th Book of Samul Significant diffrncs: This is th gratst diffrnc in th txts so far. Evn though th wos found in th Hbrw ar simpl, w hav a problm at th vry bginning. W xpct a wâw conscutiv in v. 20b, which commonly bgins or continus any narrativ, but that is missing. Whras, th transition sounds normal and natural in th English, it is not in th Hbrw. Th scond problm is, flock and h can oftn b summd up with th wo cattl; so it maks littl sns to lad th flocks and hs in front of th flocks and hs. In th Latin Vulgat, th flocks and hs ar ld bfor him (David), to show him what is his spoil. Th Pshitta has instad an abundanc of othr things which ar addd to th flocks and hs for David s spoil. Th LXX has th flocks and hs ld bfor th spoils, and it is all said to blong to David (which also dos not mak sns, as som of th spoil blongs to his mn). Unfortunatly, this vrs is not found in th Dad Sa Scrolls. Plas notic that, dspit all of th diffrncs, and dspit th problms, th gnral undrstanding of this vrs rmains undisturbd, no mattr which ancint translation you prfr. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Among many of thos in th Unitd Stats who choos not to bliv in th Bibl, thy oftn cit many fals idas lik, wll, th Bibl was just writtn by man and rvisd by various rligious institutions as it was translatd. What w find rmarkabl is that, vn in ths passags whr thr ar grat diffrncs, th ovrall maning rmains th sam. This tnds to b th cas throughout Scriptur; vn Jrom s Latin Vulgat, which probably suffrs a gratr cclsiastical influnc than any othr arly translation, is still a good translation and th ky doctrins of Scriptur ar still asily found in th Latin. That is, thy did not chang nough so that w ar lft with a propaganda pic for th Catholic Church. In fact, th only Bibl translations which hav bn changd too radically ar th Nw World Translation (th Jhovah Witnss Bibl); Moffatt s translation (which sms to support a grat many libral thoris); and th CEV (which, although it dos not vr from Rformationist doctrin, it dos tak a grat many librtis with th txt). You could tak just about any othr translation of Scriptur and unarth all of th fundamntal doctrins of God in a systmatic way, and so that you ar in lin with th autographs thmslvs. That is, you could tak almost any vrsion of Scriptur and build, systmatically, th fundamntal truths of God s Wo; and th final rsult would b accurat and not rflct th bias of any particular church (although, th closr any church is to taching th truth, th closr it will b to this systmatic systm of truth). CEV Th Mssag NLT REB TEV...including thir livstock. David also took th shp and cattl that th Amalkits had with thm, but h kpt ths sparat from th othrs. Evryon ag that ths would b David's rwa. H hd th shp and cattl bfor thm, and thy all shoutd, David's plundr! His troops roundd up all th flocks and hs and drov thm on ahad. Ths all blong to David as his rwa! thy said. Thy took all th flocks and hs, drov th cattl bfor him and said, This is David s spoil. [Probably rading; Hbrw rads: David took all th flocks and hs; thy drov bfor that cattl.]. H also rcov all th flocks and hs; his mn drov all th livstock in front of thm and said, This blongs to David! [Probabl txt his mn...front of thm; Hbrw unclar]. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing):
1Samul Chaptr 30 3896 God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) H took all th shp and th cattl. His mn drov th animals ahad of him and said, "This is David's loot." David took all th flocks and hs, which [th troops] drov ahad of th othr livstock; and thy dcla, This is David s spoil. [Hbrw of which [th troops]...livstock is uncrtain]. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: MKJV Young s Updatd LT And David took all th flock, and th h. Thy drov on bfor thos cattl. And thy said, This is David's spoil. And David taks th whol of th flock, and of th h, thy hav ld on bfor ths cattl, and thy say, This is David s spoil. What is th gist of this vrs? David took all of th flocks and hs as his spoil; his mn affirmd what was his tak. 1Samul 30:20a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 lâqach ( ) [pronouncd law- KAHKH] to tak, to tak from, to tak away, to tak in marriag; to siz, to tak possssion of; to snd aftr, to ftch, to bring; to rciv 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #3947 BDB #542 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 kôl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] th whol, all of, th ntirty of, all; can also b rnd any of masculin singular construct followd by a dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 tsôn ( ) [pronouncd tzohn] small cattl, shp and goats, flock, flocks fminin singular collctiv noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #6629 BDB #838 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 bâqâr ( ) [pronouncd baw- KAWR] ox, h, cattl masculin singular collctiv noun Strong s #1241 BDB #133 Translation: David took all of th flocks [i., th shp and goats] and th h [i.., th oxn and cattl]... Th Amalkits had amassd quit a fortun in livstock from othr groups of popl; and David laid claim to this livstock.
3897 Th Book of Samul Clark: H and his mn not only rcov all thir own proprty, but thy rcov all th spoil which ths Amalkits had takn from th south of Judah, th Chrthits, and th south of Calb. Whn this was sparatd from th rst, it was givn to David, and calld David s spoil. 46 1Samul 30:20b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs nâhag ( ) [pronouncd naw- HAHG] to bring, to lad, to urg on a cours, to driv [animals] along, to driv away, to lad away [as a captiv] 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #5090 BDB #624 lâmd ( ) (pronouncd l ) to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 pânîym ( ) [pronouncd paw- NEEM] fac, facs; prsnc masculin plural construct (plural acts lik English singular) Strong s #6440 BDB #815 Togthr, thy man upon th fac of, bfor, bfor th fac of, in th prsnc of, in th sight of, in front of. Whn usd with God, it can tak on th mor figurativ maning in th judgmnt of. mîq nh ( ) [pronouncd mik-neh] cattl, livstock (spcifically shp, cows and goats) Masculin singular (collctiv) noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #4735 BDB #889 hûw ( ) [pronouncd hoo] that masculin singular, dmonstrativ pronoun (with a dfinit articl) Strong s #1931 BDB #214 You will not that this is idntical to th 3 prson masculin singular, prsonal pronoun. Translation:...and thy ld thm bfor David... As discussd arlir, all of th ancint manuscripts disagr with this phras. Th first problm with th Hbrw txt is w xpct a wâw conscutiv to bgin this phras. Th scond problm is, flocks and hs ar oftn summd up with th wo cattl; so in th Hbrw, th flocks and hs ar bing ld bfor thmslvs. It is a vry difficult call hr; th dmonstrativ pronoun is th sam as th 3 prson masculin singular pronoun; howvr, w still hav cattl in th Hbrw, as wll as th dfinit articl prcding hûw. This mans that thr is no asy thing that w can say of th Hbrw txt to indicat that, this is th mistak; this is what th copyist did. To mak th maning mor clar, instad of using him hr, I usd David instad. Howvr, David is not found in any of th txts. Th LXX has th cattl bing ld bfor all of th spoil; and that is a rasonabl undrstanding as wll. Again, w hav no rason to choos on txt ovr th othr, apart from th LXX bing basd upon vry arly manuscripts (on th othr hand, thir translation of Samul is gnrally unvn). Gill suggsts that w could undrstand this vrs as follows: [From that] which had bn carrid from Ziklag; first wnt th spoil takn from othr placs, and thn thos takn from David and his mn, or what was found at Ziklag. Abarbinl supposs th maning to b this, that th hs wr drivn bfor th flocks, that th oxn wr ld out first, and thn th shp followd, as bing th wakr sort, and mor asily to b drivn, and carrid off; but th formr sns sms bst. 47 46 47 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:20. Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:20.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3898 1Samul 30:20b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 zô th ( ) [pronouncd zoth] hr, this, thus fminin singular of zh; dmonstrativ pronoun, advrb Strong s #2063 (& 2088, 2090) BDB #260 shâlal ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LAWL] booty, spoil, plundr, rcompns, rwa masculin singular construct Strong's #7998 BDB #1021 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 Translation:...and said, Ths blong to David [lit., this (is) David s spoil]. Evn with th txtual problms, it is clar in all ancint txts that th shp, goats and cattl wr all givn to David; and that this was ag upon by his mn. Barns xplains this vrs rathr wll: Th maning is, and David took all th shp and oxn which th Amalkits drov (i.. had in thir possssion) bfor that acquisition of cattl (namly, bfor what thy took in thir raid to th south), and thy (th popl) said, This is David s spoil. This was his shar as captain of th band (compar Judgs 8:24 26). All th othr plundr of th camp arms, ornamnts, jwls, mony, cloths, camls, accoutrmnts, and so on was dividd among th littl army. David s motiv in choosing th shp and oxn for himslf was to mak prsnts to his frinds 48 in Judah 1Sam. 30:26-31. Transporting ths flocks to th various citis would b rlativly asy. Kil and Dlitzsch spnd about a pag talking about th problms and obscurity of this vrs, and com to ssntially th sam conclusions as Barns dos, whil offring th altrnat undrstanding found in th Latin 49 Vulgat. I think what w can safly conclud, dspit th problms inhrnt in this vrs, is, vryon in David s band rcivd back all that had bn takn from thm. All of th xcss loot which was rcov (livstock and manufactu goods, lik CD playrs) wnt to David. I don t doubt that thr was som prsonal guilt involvd in this dcision; aftr all, many of ths mn had, only a coupl days arlir, thratnd to ston David ovr what had happnd. David s approach to this disastr rsultd in th rcovry of all that thy had lost; thrfor, it would only b right that David tak th xcss spoil himslf. David will mak a prsnt of most of this to thos throughout southrn Judah, sinc much of it was takn from thm originally. Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx David Trats Thos too Wary to Continu with Grac 48 49 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:20. S Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:20 for mor information on this.
3899 Th Book of Samul And so coms in David unto two hund, th mn who wr xhaustd from going aftr David and so thy causd thm to stay in a brook of th Bsor. And so thy go out to mt David and to mt th popl who [ar] with him. And so coms nar David [to] th popl and so h rqusts to thm to pac. 1Samul 30:21 David cam towa th 200, th mn who wr [too] xhaustd from following aftr David, so thy lft thm at Brook Bsor [s th Hbrw hr]. Thy wnt out to mt David and to mt th popl who [wr] with him. So David approachd th popl and h inqui of [lit., to] thm with rgas to pac [or, wlfar]. David thn approachs th 200 mn who wr too xhaustd to follow him (so thy had bn lft at Brook Bsor). Thy wnt out to mt David and to mt th mn with David; David approachd thm and askd about thir wlfar. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And David cam to th two hund mn, who, bing wary, had stayd, and wr not abl to follow David, and h had o thm to abid at th torrnt Bsor: and thy cam out to mt David, and th popl that wr with him. And David coming to th popl, salutd thm pacably. And so coms in David unto two hund, th mn who wr xhaustd from going aftr David and so thy causd thm to stay in a brook of th Bsor. And so thy go out to mt David and to mt th popl who [ar] with him. And so coms nar David [to] th popl and so h rqusts to thm to pac. And David cam to th two hund mn who wr lft bhind to gua th baggag, whom h had placd thr to gua th road to Bsor. And thy wnt out to mt David and to mt th popl who wr with him. And whn David and th popl drw nar, thy xchangd grtings. And David coms to th two hund mn who wr lft bhind that thy should not follow aftr David, and h had causd thm to rmain in th brook of Bosor; and thy cam forth to mt David, and to mt his popl with him: and David drw nar to th popl, and thy askd him how h did. Th LXX divrgs again from th MT hr. W do not know why thy rmaind bhind in th LXX, and h spaks to thm in th MT, whras, thy spak to him in th LXX. In th Pshitta, th mn ar lft bhind as pr David s ors to gua that passag way. So, in th Pshitta, thy ar prforming a spcific function. Th Vulgat is vry clos to th Hbrw at this point. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: Lss significant is, th Latin, Grk and Aramaic all say h (David) lft ths mn bhind (for whatvr rason); th MT says thy (David and th 400) lft ths mn bhind. Evn though th wos usd hr in th various ancint txts ar significantly diffrnt, th ovrall maning is unchangd. What th MT txt rvals (and I bliv accuratly so) is that David xtnds gracious grtings to thos too ti to follow him. David st th stag for trating ths mn graciously and will follow through in th nxt fw vrss. CEV On th way back, David wnt to th two hund mn h had lft at Bsor Gorg, bcaus thy had bn too ti to kp up with him. Thy cam towa David and
1Samul Chaptr 30 3900 Th Mssag th popl who wr with him. Whn David was clos nough, h grtd th two hund mn and askd how thy wr doing. Thn David cam to th two hund who had bn too ti to continu with him and had droppd out at th Brook Bsor. Thy cam out to wlcom David and his band. As h cam nar h calld out, Succss!. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo David cam to th 200 mn who had bn too xhaustd to go with him and had stayd in th Bsor Vally. Thy cam to mt David and th popl with him. As David approachd th mn, h grtd thm. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: Updatd Emphasizd Bibl MKJV Young s Updatd LT And David cam to th two hund mn who had bn too ti to follow David, and whom thy [th Aramaic, Sptuagint, Syriac and Vulgat all hav h, rfrring to David] had allowd to rmain at th Bsor ravin; and thy cam out to mt David, and to mt th popl who wr with him, and whn David cam nar to th popl, thy [as pr th Sptuagint] inqui of his succss [or, wlfar]. And David cam to th two hund who wr too xhaustd to follow David, whom thy had mad also to stay at th brook Bsor. And thy wnt out to mt David, and to mt th popl with him. And David cam up to th popl, and grtd thm. And David coms in unto th two hund mn who wr too faint to go aftr David, and whom thy caus to abid at th brook of Bsor, and thy go out to mt David, and to mt th popl who ar with him, and David approachs th popl, and asks of thm of wlfar. What is th gist of this vrs? David rturns to th 200 mn who had bn lft bhind, and approachs thm with th 400 who continud on with him, and h asks of thir wlfar. In th nxt two sctions, David will both trat ths 200 mn who stayd bhind in grac; and h will distribut much of th walth that h lgitimatly accumulatd to thos in southrn Judah. Somtims, whn w rad quickly ovr this narrativ passags, w compltly miss th lssons that thy tach us. David clarly shows himslf to b a man of grac, dvoid of bittrnss and g. His vry action rvals a man who is not hld back by mntal attitud sins. If you hav a soul filld with mntal attitud sins, you might mak it through lif, but it will b without th contntmnt which David rvals. H could stop right now, sttl down compltly, and b on of th richst mn in Palstin. This is not God s plan for David s lif, and h knows it. W ar going to brak v. 21 up into many bit-sizd pics; particularly whn th MT and th LXX divrg. This way you will hav no problm in sing how th txts disagr (thr ar two major diffrncs in this on vrs), and th maning that w may infr from th corrct txt. 1Samul 30:21a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bôw ( ) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97
3901 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:21a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 mâ thayim ( ) - [pronouncd maw-thah- YIM] two hund fminin dual numral Strong s #3967 BDB #547 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions, soldirs, companions masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #376 BDB #35 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 pâgar ( ) [pronouncd - paw-gahr] to b xhaustd, to lack strngth, to b wak, to hav bcom wak, to faint 3 prson plural, Pil prfct Strong s #6296 BDB #803 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 hâlak ( ) [pronouncd haw LAHK ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 achar ( ) [pronouncd ah-khahr] aftr, following, bhind prposition Strong s #310 BDB #29 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 Translation: David cam towa th 200, th mn who wr [too] xhaustd from following aftr David,... You hav to undrstand how th ancint world functiond. Mn could not simply stay bhind just bcaus thy flt lik it. Thy may hav bn too ti to mov forwa, but this was an act of trason to rmain bhind. Any ladr could hav turnd his own soldirs against thm and slaught thm right on th spot. David could hav had thm xcutd th vry instant th spok of rmaining at Brook Bsor; and, as h rturns, h could slaughtr thm as wll. Th rason that thy wr thr is important. Thy wr too xhaustd to go furthr. Thy would hav slowd David down. Thy would hav don poorly in battl. This was not an act of trason on thir part, nor an act of cowaic. Thy wr just too xhaustd to go any furthr. Rcall that thy had marchd with David from Ziklag up to Aphk, and thn thy rturnd th day aftr thy wr told that thy would not b ndd. As I writ this, I am prsonally a vry halthy and strong prson; howvr, my lg gav out on m th othr day from too much walking, and that has ucd my walking considrably. Ths mn hav marchd with infrior footwar for ovr
1Samul Chaptr 30 3902 100 mils. That som ar too ti to continu dos not surpris m. Thrfor, this must b takn into considration whn daling with ths mn. This is what David facs at this tim. It would hav bn typical in th ancint world for a ladr to turn his 400 mn loos on ths 200, to xccut thm for dsrtion. Although th Pshitta paints an ntirly diffrnt pictur that David put thm at Brook Bsor to stand gua non of th othr translations support this; nor would David s dalings with thm at this point mak sns if that is what happnd. 1Samul 30:21b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 yâshab ( ) [pronouncd yaw- B SHAH V] to caus to rmain [stay, inhabit, sit, dwll]; to caus [a woman] to liv [with somon]; to caus [a land] to b inhabitd 3 prson masculin plural, Hiphil imprfct with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix Strong's #3427 BDB #442 Th Aramaic, Sptuagint, Syriac and Vulgat all hav h causd thm to rmain; instad of thy. This undoubtdly maks th most sns, givn that David is spokn of chifly throughout this narrativ. Howvr, whn daling with unarthing th original txt, txtual criticism gnrally supposs that th most difficult translation is th most accurat. Now, vn though w ar disscting this passag, and coming up without a clar conclusion; raliz that th only diffrnc is, ithr David lft ths 200 bhind or David and his mn lft ths 200 bhind. Evn though thr ar argumnts to b mad for ach translations, th nd rsult is almost th sam. It is my opinion that th txt was changd at som point, to mak this vrs fit in with th othr vrss that is, David is usd as th subjct of most of th vrbs throughout, rathr than David and his mn and that this vrs was brought into conformity with this pattrn. Howvr, I bliv that th original Hbrw txt is as w find in th MT so that it should rad...so thy lft thm bhind at Brook Bsor. I do bliv that thr is a point of doctrin which is bing mad hr, which will b discussd furthr down blow. h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 nachal ( ) [pronouncd NAHKH-al ] brook, torrnt masculin singular construct Strong's #5158 BDB #636 B sôwr ( ) [pronouncd b SOHR] posibly tidings, rwa; and is translitratd Bsor propr noun location Strong s #1308 BDB #143 Translation:...so thy lft thm at Brook Bsor [s th Hbrw hr]. Ths mn had bn lft at Brook Bsor. Thr is no rason, apart from th Prshitta, to think that this was David s dsir that thy rmain thr. Howvr, it was apparnt that thy wr unabl to go furthr; and thy did wait right hr. I spnt a lot of tim xgting th Hbrw txt abov, and ssntially lft th mattr without a conclusion. Th oldr manuscripts and th asist undrstanding of th txt support that David lft ths mn bhind; and this is in kping with David taking th lad in all of th actions found throughout this chaptr (s, for instanc, vv. 15, 17, 18). And txtual criticism tnds to put most of th wight on th oldr txts. Howvr, th Hbrw txt is th most difficult to xplain at last, on th surfac, it is. Sinc it is th mor difficult txt, txtual criticism would sid
3903 Th Book of Samul with th Hbrw with rgas to this point. Prsonally, I would go along with th Hbrw, and for th following rason: th 400 mn who wnt with David wr in agrmnt with David to lav th 200 bhind. No on voicd a diffrnt opinion. No on said, Lt s kill thir cowaly asss. No on said, Fin, but you ar not going to shar in whatvr w bring back. All assntd to laving ths mn bhind. It was clar, at that point, that thy could not go any furthr. So, vn though David undoubtdly mad th call, thr was agrmnt among his mn that this is th right thing to do. Undr thos circumstancs, thy cannot simply turn around and now b lgalistic about it. Thy cannot say, Okay, now lt s dcid how w will dal with ths 200. That momnt is past. Thy mad th dcision, or assntd to th dcision, to lav ths 200 bhind; and this was don without rancor or lgalism. Thrfor, thy cannot com back now, and impos som sort of limitation on ths 200 (vn though thy will). David is going to tak a stand of grac, which is in opposition to popular opinion. Thr ar tims whn a grat ladr must tak a stand which is contrary to popular opinion. 1Samul 30:21c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 yâtsâ ( ) [pronouncd yaw- TZAWH] to go out, to com out, to com forth; to ris; to flow, to gush up [out] 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #3318 BDB #422 lâmd ( ) (pronouncd l ) to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 qârâ ( ) [pronouncd kaw-raw] to ncountr, to bfall, to mt; to assmbl [for th purpos of ncountring God or xgting His Wo]; to com, to assmbl Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #7122 & #7125 BDB #896 This is a homonym; th othr qârâ mans to call, to proclaim, to rad, to assmbl. Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) (pronouncd l ) to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 qârâ ( ) [pronouncd kaw-raw] to ncountr, to bfall, to mt; to assmbl [for th purpos of ncountring God or xgting His Wo]; to com, to assmbl Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #7122 & #7125 BDB #896 am ( ) [pronouncd ahm] popl; rac, trib; family, rlativs; citizns, common popl; companions, srvants; ntir human rac; h [of animals] masculin singular collctiv noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #5971 BDB #766
1Samul Chaptr 30 3904 1Samul 30:21c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] with, at, nar, by, among, dirctly from prposition (which is idntical to th sign of th dirct objct); with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #854 BDB #85 Translation: Thy wnt out to mt David and to mt th popl who [wr] with him. David movs closr to ths mn and thy mov closr to David. Thy ar also moving closr to th 400 mn who ar with David, his othr soldirs. As mntiond, thr ar a lot of things that could occur at this point in tim including th slaughtr of ths 200 who rmaind bhind. 1Samul 30:21d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâgash ( ) [pronouncd naw-gash] to com nar, to draw nar, to approach, to com hithr 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #5066 BDB #620 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 am ( ) [pronouncd ahm] popl; rac, trib; family, rlativs; citizns, common popl; companions, srvants; ntir human rac; h [of animals] masculin singular collctiv noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #5971 BDB #766 Translation: So David approachd th popl... Hr, popl rfrs to th 200; in th prvious portion of this vrs, it rfr to th 400 with David. David continus to mov towas ths popl. 1Samul 30:21 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253
3905 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:21 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs shâ al ( ) [pronouncd shaw-ahl] to ask [ptition, rqust, inquir]; to dmand; to qustion, to intrrogat; to ask [for a loan]; to consult; to salut 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #7592 BDB #981 lâmd ( ) (pronouncd l ) to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 lâmd ( ) (pronouncd l ) to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shâlôwm ( ) or shâlôm ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LOHM] compltnss, soundnss, wlfar, pac, saf, scur, tranquil, undisturbd, unagitatd masculin singular noun Strong s #7965 BDB #1022 kaí ( ) [pronouncd k ] and, vn, also conjunction Strong s #2532 rôtaô ( ) [pronouncd air-o-tawoh] to ask [somon about somthing], to ask a qustion; to ask, to rqust 3 prson plural, aorist activ indicativ Strong s #2065 v him 3 prson singular pronoun, accusativ cas Strong s #846 ta ( ) [pronouncd taw] th; ths, thos; thm masculin plural dfinit articl; accusativ cas; also usd as a dmonstrativ pronoun Strong s #3588,, was originally a dmonstrativ pronoun. Howvr, as th languag dvlopd, waknd into bcoming an articl; rtaining som of its dmonstrativ us throughout. In th English, th is a waknd form 50 51 of this. On us of th articl is as a mild, rlativ pronoun. is ( ) [pronouncd ICE] to, towa; into; in th vicinity of, nar, on; concrning, on, for [with rspct to tim]; unto, in or to, for, for th purpos of, for th sak of, on what basis; with rspct [rfrnc] to; bcaus of, on account of dirctional prposition Strong s #1519 irênê (,, ) [pronouncd y-raynay] pac, harmony, or, wlfar fminin singular noun; accusativ cas Strong s #1515 50 A Grk Grammar of th Nw Tstamnt, Curtis Vaughan and Virtus E. Gidon; Broadman Prss, Nashvill; 1979; p. 80. 51 Op. cit., p. 83. S also Wsly Prschbachr, Nw Tstamnt Grk Syntax; Moody Prss; 1995; p. 54.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3906 1Samul 30:21 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Grk translation: And thy ask him [about] thm concrning [thir] wlfar. In my opinion, I would xpct David, as th ladr, to spak first to ths mn. Howvr, I includ this altrnat rndring for your bnfit. Translation:...and h inqui of [lit., to] thm with rgas to pac [or, wlfar]. David qustions ths mn with rspct to pac. I bliv what is occurring is that h is asking thm about how thy ar. I don t think h is asking thm whthr thy ar going to b pacful with rgas to David; I bliv h is mor asking of thir wlfar; i.., how thy ar doing. This is a gracious gstur on David s part. In th ancint world, David could hav lgitimatly unlashd his 400 mn on ths 200, to xcut thm for dsrtion. Instad, David asks of thir wlfar, indicating that h intnds not to pursu rtribution against thm. David is not idly chitchatting, but h is gnuinly concrnd. H knows that ths mn, had thy bn abl, would hav continud with him. H supposs that, aftr this day or so has gon by, that thy now hav nough strngth to mov forwa. Not how diffrntly David trats ths mn, as opposd to how th Amalkits tratd th Egyptian slav. Th Amalkits just had no humanity, no natural affction, no sympathy. Thy had th abundanc, but no dsir to trat this Egyptian with kindnss. H was a liability; h was going to di; and thy saw no rason to dal with him in any othr way. Furthrmor, this is also a grat diffrnc btwn David and Saul. Whn Saul has tim to think, h dtrmins how can h mak himslf look good. What can h say in or to xplain away his flakinss and bad choics. David, on th othr hand, knows th dcision h must fac aftr dfating th Amalkits: what will h do about th 200 mn who wr unabl to continu on with him? David was not trying to mak himslf look good; h had no intrst in making th popular choic (which, turns out, is to lt ths mn liv, but to dpriv thm of taking any spoil). H had to mak th right choic. In spaking to ths mn, it is obvious that this has bn on his mind. Th othr 400 cannot mak a mov without David s ors. Thy will voic thir opinion, but non of thm will act rashly, which indicats thir grat rspct for David. And so answrs ach man of vil and a son of Blial from th mn who wnt with David and so thy say, Bcaus that thy did not go with m, w will not giv to thm from th spoil which w rscud, for if a man his woman and his sons and thy lad [thm away] and thy go. 1Samul 30:22 Thn spok up ach vil man [ach] son of worthlssnss from among th mn who wnt with David and thy said, Bcaus thy did not go with us [lit., m], w will not giv to thm from th plundr that w rcov xcpt that ach on [may tak] his wif and his sons and thy [can] lad [thm away] and dpart. Thn th most worthlss of thos mn who wnt with David spok up and said, Bcaus ths mn did not go with us, w will not shar th plundr which w rcov, xcpt that ach man may lad away his wif and childrn and dpart. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt And so answrs ach man of vil and a son of Blial from th mn who wnt with David and so thy say, Bcaus that thy did not go with m, w will not giv to thm from th spoil which w rscud, for if a man his woman and his sons and thy lad [thm away] and thy go.
3907 Th Book of Samul Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: Thn answ som of David s mn who wr vil and wickd, and said, Bcaus thy did not go with us, w will not giv thm any portion of th spoil which w hav rcov, sav that vry man may tak his wif and his childrn. Thn vry ill disposd and bad man of th soldirs who had gon with David, answ and said, Bcaus thy did not pursu togthr with us, w will not giv thm of th spoils which w hav rcov, only lt ach on lad away with him his wif and his childrn, and lt thm rturn. Only in th MT, do w find th masculin singular suffix with m; in all th othr ancint manuscripts, it rads with us. Hr is how w would look at it from th standpoint of txtual criticism: this sounds most grammatically corrct rading with us bcaus w hav all of ths mn spaking. Furthrmor, it also sounds mor corrct vn if on man is spaking to say, Thy did not go with us. Txtual criticism tlls us that it is mor likly to chang somthing which is grammatically wak to that which is grammatically corrct. Thrfor, th original txt probably was a masculin singular suffix. By th way, in th Hbrw, it would b vry difficult to mistak th masculin singular suffix for th masculin plural suffix. Not: I listd th Pshitta hr bcaus, rcall if you will, it has David laving ths 200 mn bhind to gua th baggag and to gua Brook Bsor that is, thy had a purpos and a mission. Howvr, this sms to b contradictd hr, whr ths ar tratd lik thy did not participat in any way in this mission (which thy did not, of cours). This tlls us that th Pshitta account is faulty in this rspct. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag Som of David's mn wr good-for-nothings, and thy said, Thos mn didn't go with us to th battl, so thy don't gt any of th things w took back from th Amalkits. Lt thm tak thir wivs and childrn and go! But all th man-spiritd mn who had marchd with David, th rabbl lmnt, objctd: Thy didn't hlp in th rscu, thy don't gt any of th plundr w rcov. Each man can hav his wif and childrn, but that's it. Tak thm and go! Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) Thn vry wickd and worthlss man who had gon with David said, Sinc thy didn't go with us, thy shouldn't b givn any of th loot w rcov. Each of thm should tak only his wif and childrn and lav. But all th man and churlish fllows among th mn who had accompanid David spok up, Sinc thy did not accompany us [So som manuscripts and vrsions; most manuscripts and ditions rad m ], w will not giv thm any of th spoil that w sizd xcpt that ach may tak his wif and childrn and go. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: ESV MKJV Thn all th wickd and worthlss fllows among th mn who had gon with David said, Bcaus thy did not go with us, w will not giv thm any of th spoil that w hav rcov, xcpt that ach man may lad away his wif and childrn, and dpart. And vry vil and worthlss man of th mn who wnt with David answ and said, Bcaus thy did not go with us, w will not giv thm from a thing th spoil that w hav sizd, xcpt to vry man his wif and his sons. Lt thm tak thm, and go.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3908 Young s Updatd LT And vry bad and worthlss man, of th mn who hav gon with David, answrs, ya, thy say, Bcaus that thy hav not gon with us w do not giv to thm of th spoil which w hav dliv, xcpt ach his wif and his childrn, and thy lad away and go. What is th gist of this vrs? Som of th mn with David xprssd th opinion that th only thing that ths 200 should rciv is thir wivs and childrn. 1Samul 30:22a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 ânâh ( ) [pronouncd aw- NAWH] to answr, to rspond; to spak loudly, to spak up [in a public forum]; to tstify; to sing, to chant, to sing rsponsivly 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #6030 BDB #772 kôl ( ) [pronouncd kohl] vry, ach, all of, all; any of masculin singular construct not followd by a dfinit articl Strong s #3605 BDB #481 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular construct Strong's #376 BDB #35 ra ( ) [pronouncd rah ] vil, bad, wickd; vil in apparanc, dformd; misry, distrss, injury; that which is displasing [disagrabl, unhappy, unfortunat, sad] masculin singular noun Strong s #7451 BDB #948 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 b lîyya al ( ) [pronouncd b l-yah- ahl] without valu, worthlss, ruin, good-for-nothing, unprofitabl, uslss, without fruit; wickdnss, vilnss; dstruction; wickd or ungodly [mn]; translitratd Blial masculin singular noun Strong s #1100 BDB #116 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] mn; inhabitants, citizns; companions, soldirs, companions masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #376 BDB #35 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81
3909 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:22a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs hâlak ( ) [pronouncd haw LAHK ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] with, at, nar, by, among, dirctly from prposition (which is idntical to th sign of th dirct objct) Strong's #854 BDB #85 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 Translation: Thn spok up ach vil man, [ach] son of worthlssnss from among th mn who wnt with David... This sounds mor lik individuals stood up and gav thir opinion. It was not as much of a mob scn as it was a town mting. Svral stood up and said, Yah, hr s how I fl about this situation. Th author of this txt probably David idntifis ths mn as sons of Blial, indicating that thir opinion v sharply from divin viwpoint. 1Samul 30:22b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 ya an ( ) [pronouncd yah- AHN] on account of; bcaus prposition Strong's #3282 BDB #774 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Togthr, ya an shr ( ) [pronouncd yah- AHN ash-er] man bcaus that, bcaus; in that, that. lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 hâlak ( ) [pronouncd haw LAHK ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc 3 prson plural, Qal prfct Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 îm ( ) [pronouncd m] with, at, by, nar prposition of narnss and vicinity with th 1 st prson singular suffix Strong s #5973 BDB #767
1Samul Chaptr 30 3910 1Samul 30:22b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs st 52 This is a 1 prson plural suffix in th Grk, Aramaic and Latin (and in on arly printd dition of th MT ). Translation:...and thy said, Bcaus thy did not go with us [lit., m],... This is an intrsting statmnt in th Hbrw, and it is probably accurat in th Hbrw. Each of ths worthlss mn stood up and said, Yah, thy didn t go with m. Thrfor, thy should not gt a damn thing from our raid. Ths soldirs who stand up and voic thir opinion try to mak this as prsonal as possibl. I wnt out and rcov ths popl and goods; ths mn did not go with m. 1Samul 30:22c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 nâthan ( ) [pronouncd naw- THAHN] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st 3 prson plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 lâmd ( ) (pronouncd l ) to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 3 prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 shâlal ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LAWL] booty, spoil, plundr, rcompns, rwa masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #7998 BDB #1021 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 nâtsal ( ) [pronouncd naw- TSAHL] to snatch away, to dlivr, to rscu, to snatch out of dangr, to prsrv, to rcovr 3 prson plural, Hiphil prfct Strong s #5337 BDB #664 Translation:...w will not giv to thm from th plundr that w rcov... This is pur lgalism; if ths mn did not work for it, thn thy will not gt what was takn from th Amalkits. It should only sm fair: You did not pursu th Amalkits with us; you did not kill th Amalkits; thrfor, what w took blongs to us, not to you. This includd th prsonal affcts and whatvr had bn stoln from thm by th Amalkits. In othr wos, if Chuck bn Woolry had his wif, two kids, his DVD playr and his Ipod stoln from him whn th Amalkits struck th Isralit camp, thn h can hav his wif and two kids back, but h dosn t gt his gar back. That is what ths mn propos and, quit frankly, this is a rasonabl, but lgalistic, position. 52 Josph Bryant Rothrham s Th Emphasizd Bibl; h1971 by Krgl Publications; p. 320.
3911 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:22d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] whn, that, for, bcaus conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 îm ( ) [pronouncd m] if, though; lo, bhold; oh that, if only; whn, sinc, though primarily an hypothtical particl Strong's #518 BDB #49 Togthr, kîy îm ( ) [pronouncd k-m] act as a limitation on th prcding thought, and thrfor should b rnd but, xcpt, xcpt that, unlss and possibly only. Howvr, ths particls ar not usd in a limiting way if thy follow an oath, a qustion or a ngativ. Thn thy can b rnd that if, for if, for though, that sinc, for if, but if, indd if, vn if. îysh ( ) [pronouncd sh] a man, a husband; anyon; a crtain on; ach, ach on, vryon masculin singular noun Strong's #376 BDB #35 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 îshshâh ( ) [pronouncd sh- SHAWH] woman, wif fminin singular noun with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #802 BDB #61 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 bên ( ) [pronouncd ban] son, dscndant masculin plural noun with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #1121 BDB #119 Translation:...xcpt that ach on [may tak] his wif and his sons... Now, this is intrsting. Not that, dspit th fact that David has two wivs, most mn ar said hr to hav on wif. Thy ar not taking thir wivs, but thir wif. Sons hr rfrs to sons and daughtrs. 1Samul 30:22 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 nâhag ( ) [pronouncd naw- HAHG] to bring, to lad, to urg on a cours, to driv [animals] along, to driv away, to lad away [as a captiv] 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #5090 BDB #624
1Samul Chaptr 30 3912 1Samul 30:22 Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 hâlak ( ) [pronouncd haw LAHK ] to go, to com, to dpart, to walk; to advanc 3 prson plural, Qal imprfct; pausal form Strong s #1980 (and #3212) BDB #229 Translation:...and thy [can] lad [thm away] and dpart. I bliv that this is sparat from th prvious portion of this vrs. What w ar probably gtting is a summary of what has bn said. Hr, w ar daling with th plural vrbs, rfrring to thos in gnral who rmaind bhind; thy can lad thir wivs and childrn out of thr. This final vrb is an intrsting on it appars as though ths worthlss mn want th 200 to collct thir familis and lav. It is not simply a mattr of, You only gt your wif and kids and no mor. Thy appar to b tlling thm to svr thir tis as wll. Edrshim paints a pictur of ths mn for us: [Ths ar] rough, wild mn...qually dprssd in th day of advrsity, and rcklssly latd and insolnt in prosprity. 53 And so says David, You will not do so, my brothrs that has givn Y howah to us and so H kpt us and so H givs th band th ons coming upon us in our hand. 1Samul 30:23 Thn David said, You will not do this [lit., so, thus], my brothrs, with that which Y howah has givn us. H protctd us and H gav th division [of soldirs] who cam against us into our hand. Thn David said to his soldirs, You will not choos this cours of action, my brothrs, which that which Jhovah has givn us. H protctd us and H gav th division of soldirs who fought against us into our hands. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so says David, You will not do so, my brothrs that has givn Y howah to us and so H kpt us and so H givs th band th ons coming upon us in our hand. And David said, You shall not do so, aftr th Lo has dliv th nmy to us, and guad us, and th Lo has dliv into our hands th troop that cam against us. Th MT txt rads my brothrs whras th LXX has a prposition instad. I suspct that thr is a prposition which is vry clos to my brothrs which was misrad or miscopid (or that a poor manuscript was usd). Th Pshitta and th Vulgat agr with th MT. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: 53 Alf Edrshim, Bibl History Old Tstamnt; 1995 by Hndrickson Publishrs, Inc.; p. 507.
3913 Th Book of Samul CEV Th Mssag NLT REB But David said: My frinds, don't b so gy with what th LORD has givn us! Th LORD protctd us and gav us victory ovr th popl who attackd. "Familis don't do this sort of thing! Oh no, my brothrs!" said David as h brok up th argumnt. "You can't act this way with what GOD gav us! God kpt us saf. H handd ovr th raidrs who attackd us. But David said, No, my brothrs! Don t b slfish with what th LORD has givn us. H has kpt us saf and hlpd us dfat th nmy. That, said David, you must not do, considring [probabl rading, compar Grk; Hbrw my brothrs] what th LORD has givn us, and how h has kpt us saf and givn th raiding party into our hands. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) But David said, "My brothrs, don't do that with th things which th LORD has givn us. H has protctd us and handd th troops that attackd us ovr to us. David, howvr, spok up, You must not do that, my brothrs, in viw of what th LORD has grantd us, guaing us and dlivring into our hands th band that attackd us. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: MKJV Young s Updatd LT And David said, My brothrs, you shall not do so with that which Jhovah has givn us. For H has protctd us, and has dliv into our hand th company that cam against us. And David says, Do not do so, my brothrs, with that which Jhovah has givn to us, and H dos prsrv us, and dos giv th troop which coms against us into our hand. What is th gist of this vrs? David tlls th lgalists that God dliv ths Amalkits into thir hand and God prsrvs thm. 1Samul 30:23a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #559 BDB #55 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 lô ( or ) [pronouncd low] not, no ngats th wo or action that follows; th absolut ngation Strong s #3808 BDB #518 âsâh ( ) [pronouncd aw- SAWH] to do, to mak, to construct, to fashion, to form, to prpar nd 2 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong's #6213 BDB #793
1Samul Chaptr 30 3914 1Samul 30:23a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kên ( ) [pronouncd kan] so, thus; upright, honst; rightly, wll; [it is] so, such, so constitutd; proprly, an activ participl; usd primarily as an advrb Strong's #3651 BDB #485 âch ( ) [pronouncd awhk] brothr, kinsman or clos rlativ masculin plural noun with th 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong's #251 BDB #26 Instad of my brothrs, th Grk has... mta ( ) [pronouncd mht-ah] aftr, bhind prposition with th accusativ Strong s #3326 also mans with, but not with an accusativ. Possibly this usag is a throwback to classical Grk? th; this that nutr singular dfinit articl; accusativ cas Strong s #3588 Evn though this is what w find in th Grk, thr is no rason to doubt th Hbrw, as it maks prfct sns. êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 êth + shr ( ) [pronouncd ayth-ash-er] possibly man that which; what. Taking th as th idntical prposition, togthr ths could man with that, with that which. nâthan ( ) [pronouncd naw- THAHN] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st 3 prson masculin singular, Qal prfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 YHWH ( ) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 1 st prson singular suffix BDB #510 Translation: Thn David said, You will not do this [lit., so, thus], my brothrs, with that which Y howah has givn us. Ths soldirs, th ons who spok up, wr vry lgalistic. You must arn it, as far as thy wr concrnd. Now, vn though this may sm to mak sns to you, raliz that God was th on Who gav thm back ths things. God providd for thm; thy did not just do som grat thing for God. Rciving back thir childrn and thir wivs and thir possssions was a gift from God. Thy did not arn it; thy did not dsrv it. Thrfor, thy cannot b lgalistic in thir distribution of th spoil. Gill: Though [David] saw through thir wickdnss, and disapprovd of th bad sntimnts thy had mbracd, yt h dals gntly with thm, calling thm brthrn, bing of th sam nation and rligion, and his fllow soldirs; yt at th sam tim kps up and maintains his dignity and authority as a
3915 Th Book of Samul gnral, and dclars it should not b as thy willd, and givs his rasons for it, that it was not fit thy 54 should do as thy plasd. It is important to rcogniz that David corrcts ths mn as brothrs; h dos not say, You idiots; don t you s that it is God who dliv ths things to us? That might hav bn my approach. Gill gos on to say: what thy had was givn thm, and thrfor, as thy had frly rcivd, thy should frly giv; and what was givn thm, was not givn to thm only, but to th whol body, by th Lo...it was not by thir own powr and might that thy got th victory ovr th nmy, and th spoil into thir hands, but it was through th Lo only; and thrfor, as thy should not assum th honour of th victory to thmslvs, so nithr should thy claim th spoil as wholly blonging to thm. 55 Th Opn Bibl succinctly and accuratly sums this up: Rcognizing that God is th Givr maks us 56 gnrous with othrs. If you raliz that what w hav has bn giv to you by God in grac, thn you ar much lss likly to b slfish with th matrial blssings which you hav. David, by th way, will not b hypocritical about this h will apply this principl to himslf as wll at th nd of this chaptr. Not th gntl approach that David taks with ths mn. I cam from a church whr th pastor was vry authoritativ; and, as a rsult, som mn in that church attmptd to copy his prsonality (vn though h clarly taught that this was an abrration of th faith). David dos not com down ha on ths mn; thy just dfatd a hug army of Amalkits, so th I am th boss and you ar th pons approach just is not going to cut it hr. Whn you hav authority and you must xrt your authority, thr ar diffrnt approachs that on can tak. Taking th sam approach tim aftr tim just dos not always work. Th fathr who bats his kids vry tim thy do wrong is not any mor a good fathr than th on who simply tlls thm that thy did wrong, and thn applis no disciplin whatsovr. Thr is a balanc and thr ar diffrnt styls and diffrnt approachs. David is vry narly about to bcom king ovr all Isral; h is poisd to tak Saul s plac so God has him in training. Not that David has kpt his had tim and tim again. Whn facd with th advrsity of coming back to a camp which had bn burnd to th ground, David kpt his had. Whn coming across a man who participatd in th dstruction of his camp, David kpt his had. Whn daling with ths mn who ar attmpting to st policy, David kps his had. Again and again, David acts rationally and with purpos. Now, do you bgin to grasp th statmnt of 1Sam. 16:7b? God dos not s as man ss; man looks at on s outwa apparanc, but Jhovah looks at th hart. Not that David has had to mak dcision aftr dcision in th fac of hoplssnss; at a tim whn a quick and satisfying rvng could b had; and at a tim of grat victory all of ths dcisions in various circumstancs had to tak plac within th spac of a coupl day s tim. God was abl to look into David and s that this is what h is capabl of; God can s that David, vn at th vry young ag whn Samul anoints him, has grat potntial. I oftn com across th phras, what you s is what you gt; and this is most oftn applid by a young prson to him or hrslf. That is wrong compltly wrong. What you don t s is what you gt. Evn David s own fathr, Jss, lookd at his sons, and got it wrong. H snt thm out in or to Samul, indicating which of his sons was a natural ladr; and God rjctd thm on aftr anothr. This is bcaus God can s what is on th insid. 1Samul 30:23b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shâmar ( ) [pronouncd shaw-mar] to kp, to gua, to protct, to watch, to prsrv 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #8104 BDB #1036 54 55 56 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:23. Ibid. Th Opn Bibl; th Nw Living Translation; Thomas Nlson Publishrs, Nashvill, TN; 1996, p. 402.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3916 1Samul 30:23b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] untranslatd mark of a dirct objct; occasionally to, towa st affixd to a 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #853 BDB #84 Translation: H protctd us... God protctd not just David s mn, God protctd thir wivs, childrn and possssions. All that thy ownd, God protctd. 1Samul 30:23c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 nâthan ( ) [pronouncd naw- THAHN] to giv, to grant, to plac, to put, to st 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #5414 BDB #678 êth ( ) [pronouncd ayth] gnrally untranslatd; occasionally to, towa indicats that th following substantiv is a dirct objct Strong's #853 BDB #84 g dûwd ( ) [pronouncd g DOOD] troop, band [of soldirs], division, dtachmnt; an incision, cutting [of th skin]; furrow [of a fild] masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #1416 (& #1417 1418) BDB #151 bôw ( ) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr Qal activ participl with th dfinit articl Strong s #935 BDB #97 Th participl, with or without th dfinit articl, can also function as a rlativ claus, although whthr th action is past, prsnt or futur must b ascrtaind from th contxt. al ( ) [pronouncd ahl] upon, against, abov prposition with th 1 st prson plural suffix Strong s #5921 BDB #752 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 yâd ( ) [pronouncd yawd] gnrally translatd hand fminin plural noun with st th 1 prson plural suffix Strong's #3027 BDB #388 Translation:...and H gav th division [of soldirs] who cam against us into our hand. David fully rcognizs God s grac in all of this. Th soldirs who had com and takn away thir wivs and childrn, God allowd David and his mn to annihilat.
3917 Th Book of Samul Clark rmarks: [David] vry proprly attributs this victory to God; th numbrs of th Amalkits bing so much gratr than his own. Indd, as many fld away on camls as wr in th whol host of David. 57 Sinc this is a victory givn thm by God and sinc all that was takn from thn is protctd by God, thn thy cannot claim ths things as xclusivly thir own. Thy cannot approach this lgalistically. And who listns to you [all] to th wo th this for as a portion of th on going down in th battl and as a portion of th on rmaining upon th articls; togthr thy divid. 1Samul 30:24 Furthrmor, who would listn to you with rspct to this mattr; for, as [is] th portion of th on going down into th battl, so [is] th portion of th on rmaining with [lit., upon] th possssions [lit., manufactu articls]; thy will shar qually. Furthrmor, who is going to listn to you with rspct to this mattr? Th apportiond spoil going to thos who go into battl will b idntical to th apportiond spoil going to thos who ar lft bhind to gua th prsonal possssions of all. Thy will shar qually in th profits. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And no man will listn to you in this mattr. But qual shall b th portion of him that wnt down to battl, and of him that abod at th baggag, and thy shall divid alik. And who listns to you [all] to th wo th this for as a portion of th on going down in th battl and as a portion of th on rmaining upon th articls; togthr thy divid. For who will listn to you int his mattr? For as his portion is who gos down to battl, so will his portion b who rmains by th baggag; thy will divid alik. And who will listn to ths your wos? For thy ar not an infrior thing to us; for accoing to th portion of him that wnt down to th battl, so shall b th portion of him that abids with th baggag; thy shall shar alik. Th intnt of ths ancint vrsions appars to b idntical. Th Latin sms to tak som minor librtis with this passag; th MT and Pshitta sm to agr wo-for-wo; and th LXX adds on additional phras: that th mn rmaining bhind ar not infrior to thos who wnt to war. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NJB NLT Who would pay attntion to you, anyway? Soldirs who stay bhind to gua th camp gt as much as thos who go into battl. Who would vr listn to this kind of talk? Th shar of th on who stays with th gar is th shar of th on who fights qual shars. Shar and shar alik! Who would agr with you on this? No: As th shar of th man who gos into battl, so is th shar of th man who stays with th baggag. Thy will shar alik. Do you think anyon will listn to you whn you talk lik this? W shar and shar alik thos who go to battl and thos who gua th quipmnt. 57 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:23.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3918 TEV No on can agr with what you say! All must shar alik: whovr stays bhind with th supplis gts th sam shar as th on who gos into battl. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) Bsids, who is going to pay attntion to what you hav to say in this mattr? Crtainly, th shar of thos who go into battl must b lik th shar of thos who stay with th supplis. Thy will all shar alik. How could anyon agr with you in this mattr? Th shar of thos who rmain with th baggag shall b th sam as th shar of thos who go down to battl; thy shall shar alik. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young s Updatd LT Who can agr to your proposal? Th shar of th on who gos into battl is to b th sam as th shar of th on who rmains with th supplis. Thy will shar qually. And who dos harkn to you in this thing? for as th portion of him who was brought down into battl, so also is th portion of him who is abiding by th vssls alik thy shar. What is th gist of this vrs? David actually hr sts up policy which will b followd for yars to com: aftr tlling th complainrs that no on will listn to thm, h mak th policy that thos who go into battl will shar qually with thos who rmain bhind with thir prsonal possssions. 1Samul 30:24a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 mîy ( ) [pronouncd m] who, whom; occasionally rnd how, in what way pronominal intrrogativ Strong s #4310 BDB #566 shâma ( ) [pronouncd shaw- MAH ] to listn, to har, to listn intntly, to listn and oby, to listn and act upon, to listn and giv hd to, to harkn to, to b attntiv to, to listn and tak not of, to listn and b cognizant of 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #8085 BDB #1033 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin singular suffix BDB #510 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 dâbâr ( ) b [pronouncd daw - VAWR] wo, saying, doctrin, thing, mattr, command masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #1697 BDB #182
3919 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:24a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs zh ( ) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, thus dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Translation: Furthrmor, who would listn to you with rspct to this mattr;... David hr clarly pulls rank. His authority is absolut in this cas. Rcall that a disproportionat amount of th loot sizd wnt to David; this, plus his ladrship position, mant that h st th policy hr. Ths complainrs will not b listnd to by anyon; David will st th policy, a policy that would b followd in th futur. 1Samul 30:24b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kîy ( ) [pronouncd k] whn, that, for, bcaus conjunction; prposition Strong's #3588 BDB #471 kaph or k ( ) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, accoing to; about, approximatly prposition of comparison or approximation BDB #453 chêlq ( ) [pronouncd KHAY-lk] portion, tract, trritory, shar, allotmnt; smoothnss masculin singular construct Strong s #2506 (and #2511) BDB #324 yârad ( ) [pronouncd yaw-rahd] to dscnd, to go down Qal activ participl with th dfinit articl Strong s #3381 BDB #432 h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 mil châmâh ( ) [pronouncd mil-khaw- MAW] battl, war fminin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #4421 BDB #536 Translation:...for, as [is] th portion of th on going down into th battl,... Whn a group of mn go into battl, thir paymnt is th things which th tak during that fight. This is on way nations wr abl to gt thir mn to fight for th nation (but othr things wr also involvd). What w ar going to hav is a policy st by David which will b compltd in th nxt portion of th vrs. 1Samul 30:24c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251
1Samul Chaptr 30 3920 1Samul 30:24c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs kaph or k ( ) [pronouncd k ] lik, as, accoing to; about, approximatly prposition of comparison or approximation BDB #453 Whn th kaph prposition is doubld, it should b rnd as...and as, as...so; how...thus; as wll...as. chêlq ( ) [pronouncd KHAY-lk] portion, tract, trritory, shar, allotmnt; smoothnss masculin singular construct Strong s #2506 (and #2511) BDB #324 yâshab ( ) [pronouncd yaw- B SHAH V] inhabiting, staying, rmaining, dwlling, sitting Qal activ participl with th dfinit articl Strong's #3427 BDB #442 al ( ) [pronouncd ahl] upon, against, abov prposition with th 1 st prson plural suffix Strong s #5921 BDB #752 k lîy (. ) [pronouncd k l] manufactu good, artifact, articl, utnsil, vssl, wapon, armor, furnitur, rcptacl; baggag, valuabls masculin plural noun with th dfinit articl Strong s #3627 BDB #479 Translation:...so [is] th portion of th on rmaining with [lit., upon] th possssions [lit., manufactu articls];... David dcrs that thos who rmain bhind to gua th army s prsonal possssions will b tratd just lik thos who wnt to battl. This is grac. In this cas, h is rfrring to thos who wr lft bhind by mutual consnt. No on raisd a fuss or trid to mak policy whn ths 200 could not continu. Thrfor, in this cas, and any similar situation, thy will rciv th sam allotmnt of plundr. Ky to this rasoning is, God ld th Isralits to th Amalkits and God gav th Isralits th victory. Sinc all of this cam to pass as a rsult of God s grac, thn bcoming lgalistic about it is th wrong mov. Now, by this dcr, it is apparnt that som things wr lft bhind with th 200 probably to allow David s army to mov with gratr spd. But, bar in mind, David and his mn wr carrying supplis for a war against Isral. Thy do not nd all of thos supplis at this point. Thy ar going to b involvd in on battl; so spd is mor important than supplis. That bing said, this dos not man that th rason ths mn stayd bhind was simply to watch th supplis lft with thm. W ar told twic (vv. 10, 21) that ths 200 wr too xhaustd to continu following David s lad. Thrfor, things wr lft with thm, as that was a logical thing to do; but that was not th rason thy rmaind bhind. As w hav sn, th Pshitta attmpts to mak guaing Brook Bsor th 58 rason ths mn rmaind bhind, and som commntators, lik Clark mak this sam assrtion. Howvr, as I hav said again and again, basd upon Scriptur, and basd upon th prvious vnts, ths 200 rmaind bhind bcaus thy wr xhaustd. 58 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:24.
3921 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:24d Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs yachad ( ) [pronouncd YAHkhahd ] togthr, alik, all togthr; union, junction, mutually, with on anothr; qually advrb Strong s #3162 BDB #403 Thr ar svral slightly diffrnt spllings of this advrb. châlaq ( ) [pronouncd chaw- LAHK] to divid, to apportion, to allot, to distribut, to shar 3 prson masculin plural, Qal imprfct Strong s #2505 BDB #323 This vrb is a homonym; its twin mans to scap, to b slippry; to plundr, to pillag, to strip of possssions. Translation:...thy will shar qually. Whatvr is takn in battl would b dividd up qually among David s ntir army, rgalss of thir function. David will apply this sam rul to himslf, which maks him unlik any politician that I am awar of today. If any politician spok against th trmndous rtirmnt bnfits that thy rciv, h would b cnsu so quick, his had would spin. No way would our Congrss liv undr th social scurity systm. Thy may bat it around as a political ball, but no mattr what happns, th systm which w hav as a supplmntal rtirmnt will nvr b anything lik thirs. By th way, this was not an ntirly nw approach; w find a similar approach in Num. 31:25 31, which was a command from God to Moss and Elazar. S also Joshua 22:8 Psalm 68:12 And so h is from th day th that and byond. And so h placs hr for a dcr and for a judicial vict for Isral until th day th this. 1Samul 30:25 And so it is from that day and forwa that h st it for a dcr and a judicial dcision for Isral to this day. From that day forwa, David mad this a policy that Isral followd. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so h is from th day th that and byond. And so h placs hr for a dcr and for a judicial vict for Isral until th day th this. And it cam to pass from that day forwa, that it bcam an oinanc and a custom in Isral until this day. Non. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT David mad this a law for Isral, and it has bn th sam vr sinc. From that day on, David mad that th rul in Isral and it still is. From thn on David mad this a law for all of Isral, and it is still followd. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) From that tim on h mad this a rul and a custom in Isral as it is to this day. So from that day on it was mad a fixd rul for Isral, continuing to th prsnt day.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3922 Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: Updatd Emphasizd Bibl HCSB Young s Updatd LT And so it cam to pass *from that day forwa* that h appointd it for a statut and for a custom unto [3 arly printd ditions rad in] Isral until this day. And it has bn so from that day forwa. David stablishd this policy as a law and an oinanc for Isral and it continus to this vry day. And it coms to pass from that day and forwa, that h appoints it for a statut and for an oinanc for Isral unto this day. What is th gist of this vrs? David s policy continud for a long tim into th futur. 1Samul 30:25a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 hâyâh ( ) [pronouncd haw-yaw] to b, is, was, ar; to bcom, to com into bing; to com to pass 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong's #1961 BDB #224 Without a spcific subjct and objct, th vrb hâyâh oftn mans and it will com to b, and it will com to pass, thn it cam to pass (with th wâw conscutiv). Gnrally, th vrb dos not match th gndr whatvr narby noun could b th subjct (and, as oftn, thr is no noun narby which would fulfill th conditions of bing a subjct). min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 yôwm ( ) [pronouncd yohm] day; tim; today (with a dfinit articl) masculin singular noun with a dfinit articl Strong s #3117 BDB #398 hûw ( ) [pronouncd hoo] that masculin singular, dmonstrativ pronoun (with a dfinit articl) Strong s #1931 BDB #214 w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 mâ lâh ( ) [pronouncd maw - LAW] highr, highr part, abov, upon, forwa advrb Strong s #4605 BDB #751 Translation: And so it is from that day and forwa... This indicats that policy is going to b st by David; a policy which will last a long tim. This vrs is known as a gloss; wos which wr addd by an ditor or aftr Scriptur was compltd. Th ida is, it is clar that this was addd a long tim aftr ths incidnts took plac. Whthr Scriptur was rcod in its final form thn or bfor is dbatabl. Most considr ths glosss to b a part of Scriptur, howvr. It is a prspctiv givn from many yars latr. It is my opinion that most of Scriptur is basd on first-hand accounts (that is, David wrot this vry chaptr); and an ditor gath ths up not too long aftr, and picd thm togthr as a divin prspctiv of Isral and God s dalings with Isral. Th book of Gnsis is probably th
3923 Th Book of Samul clarst xampl of this; it is apparnt that svral authors wrot this, conscutivly; and that on final ditor may 59 hav bn Moss (howvr, I bliv it was Josph). 1Samul 30:25b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 sîym ( ) [pronouncd sm]; also splld sûwm ( ) [pronouncd soom] to put, to plac, to st, to mak 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct with th 3 prson fminin singular suffix Strong's #7760 BDB #962 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 chôq ( ) [pronouncd khok] dcr, that which is dc; statut; boundary, dfind limit; an appointd portion of labor, a task masculin singular noun Strong's #2706 BDB #349 This is th first tim that w find this wo usd in th book of Samul. w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 mîsh pâ ( ) [pronouncd mish - PAWT] judgmnt, justic, a vict rnd by a judg, a judicial dcision, a judicial sntnc, a vict, th judgmnt of th court; th act of dciding a cas, th plac whr a judgmnt is rnd masculin singular noun Strong's #4941 BDB #1048 Translation:...that h st it for a dcr and a judicial dcision... In th KJV, this is rnd a statut and an oinanc. It is difficult to distinguish btwn ths wos. Somtims thy sm to b usd intrchangably; somtims usd lik diffrnt wos with spcific manings. My ducatd guss is, David dc this principl at this historical point in tim, and, somtim latr, whn h dc it again, it bcam law ovr Isral, nforcabl in th courts. 1Samul 30:25c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 59 Moss is nvr said to b th author of Gnsis.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3924 1Samul 30:25c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs 60 This rads in in thr arly printd ditions of th MT. Yis râ êl ( ) [pronouncd yis-raw- ALE] translitratd Isral masculin propr noun Strong s #3478 BDB #975 ad ( ) [pronouncd ahd] as far as, vn to, up to, until prposition Strong s #5704 BDB #723 In thr arly printd ditions, this rads in. 61 yôwm ( ) [pronouncd yohm] day; tim; today (with a dfinit articl) masculin singular noun with a dfinit articl Strong s #3117 BDB #398 zh ( ) [pronouncd zh] hr, this, thus dmonstrativ adjctiv with a dfinit articl Strong s #2088, 2090 (& 2063) BDB #260 Translation:...for Isral to this day. This is th short phras which indicats that somon ithr wrot this awhil aftr th historical vnt namd hr; or addd this vn aftr th txt for Samul was compltd. Evn up to th tim that th author/ditor rcod this, this dcr of David s was still a dcr for all Isral. This indicats that David had to hav bcom king sinc that tim and mad it a law ovr th land. 62 Svral hathn groups followd this sam custom, including th Romans. I should also add that this is vry similar to a policy rcommndd by Paul to Timothy in 1Tim. 6:18 19: Instruct thm to do good, to b rich in good works, to b gnrous, willing to shar, storing up for thmslvs a good foundation for th ag to com, so that thy may tak hold of lif that is ral. Rturn to Chaptr Outlin Rturn to th Chart and Map Indx David Distributs Much of th Spoil to th Eldrs in Judah And so coms David unto Ziklag and so h snds from th spoil to ldrs of Judah to his associats, to say, Bhold, for you: a blssing from a spoil of nmis of Yhowah;... 1Samul 30:26 Thn David cam to Ziklag and h snt to th ldrs of Judah [and] to his acquaintancs som of th spoil [lit., from th spoil] (saying, Look, [this is] for you: a gift [or, blssing] from th spoil of Y howah s nmis );... Aftr rturning to Ziklag, David snt portions of what h rcov from th Amalkits to th ldrs of Judah and to his acquaintancs thr as wll, saying, Look, this is a gift to you; a gift from th spoil of Jhovah s nmis. Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: 60 Josph Bryant Rothrham s Th Emphasizd Bibl; h1971 by Krgl Publications; p. 320. 61 Josph Bryant Rothrham s Th Emphasizd Bibl; h1971 by Krgl Publications; p. 320. 62 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:24. Gill cits Polybius Hist. l. 10. p. 365. as wll as th Turkish historian Chalcocondyl. d rb. Turc. l. 5. p. 161, who says th sam was followd by th Pisidians.
3925 Th Book of Samul Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs: And so coms David unto Ziklag and so h snds from th spoil to ldrs of Judah to his associats, to say, Bhold, for you: a blssing from a spoil of nmis of Yhowah. And David cam to Sklac, and snt of th spoils to th ldrs of Juda, and to his frinds, saying, Bhold som of th spoils of th nmis of th Lo [in MT and Alxandrian LXX: Lo, a blssing for you];... Th MT lacks an and which is found in th Sptuagint. Th vrsion of th LXX which I us lacks th phras a blssing for you, which is found in th MT and th Alxandrian LXX. As usual, ths diffrncs ar insignificant. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NLT TEV David wnt back to Ziklag with vrything thy had takn from th Amalkits. H snt som of ths things as gifts to his frinds who wr ladrs of Judah, and h told thm, W took ths things from th LORD's nmis. Plas accpt thm as a gift. On rturning to Ziklag, David snt portions of th plundr to th ldrs of Judah, his nighbors, with a not saying, "A gift from th plundr of GOD's nmis!" Whn h arrivd at Ziklag, David snt part of th plundr to th ladrs of Judah who wr his frinds. Hr is a prsnt for you, takn from th LORD s nmis, h said. Whn David rturnd to Ziklag, h snt part of th loot to his frinds, th ladrs of Judah, with th mssag, Hr is a prsnt for you from th loot w took from th LORD s nmis. Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) Whn David cam to Ziklag, h snt part of th loot to his frinds, th ladrs of Judah. H said, "Hr is a gift for you from th loot takn from th LORD'S nmis." Whn David rachd Ziklag, h snt som of th spoil to th ldrs of Judah [and] to his frinds, saying, This is a prsnt for you from our spoil of th nmis of th LORD. [maning of Hbrw uncrtain for to his frinds]. Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: MKJV Young s Updatd LT And David cam to Ziklag, and snt som of th spoil to th ldrs of Judah, to his frinds, saying, Bhold, a prsnt for you from th spoil of th nmis of Jhovah;... And David coms in unto Ziklag, and snds of th spoil to th ldrs of Judah, to his frinds, (saying, Lo, for you a blssing, of th spoil of th nmis of Jhovah),... What is th gist of this vrs? Onc David rturns to Ziklag with all of th spoil, h snds a grat dal of it throughout Judah (th spcific citis to b namd in subsqunt vrss). At this point, David shows that not only can h talk th talk, but h can walk th walk. H has nforcd an policy of grac on his mn; at this point, h applis this policy of grac to himslf.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3926 1Samul 30:26a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, and thn, thn, and wâw conscutiv BDB #253 bôw ( ) [pronouncd boh] to com in, to com, to go in, to go, to ntr 3 prson masculin singular, Qal imprfct Strong s #935 BDB #97 Dâvid ( ); also Dâvîyd (. ) [pronouncd daw- VEED] blovd and is translitratd David masculin propr noun Strong s #1732 BDB #187 l ( ) [pronouncd l] unto, in, into, towa, to, rgaing, against dirctional/rlational prposition (rspct or dfrnc may b implid) Strong's #413 BDB #39 tsiq lag ( - ) [pronouncd tzihk - LAHG] translitratd Ziklag Propr noun; location Strong s #6860 BDB #862 Translation: Thn David cam to Ziklag... David has not just mad a convnint law which kps his troops as on; but h practics what h prachs. Th spoil which had bn takn from th Amalkits had bn takn from all ovr southrn Judah. So, this is what happns whn David rturns to his camp in Ziklag: 1Samul 30:26b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs wa (or va) ( ) [pronouncd wah] and so, thn wâw conscutiv BDB #253 shâlach ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LAKH] to snd, to snd off, to snd away, to dismiss, to giv ovr, to cast out, to lt go, to st fr, to shoot forth [branchs], to shoot [an arrow] 3 prson masculin singular, Pil prfct Strong s #7971 BDB #1018 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 shâlal ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LAWL] booty, spoil, plundr, rcompns, rwa masculin singular noun with th dfinit articl Strong's #7998 BDB #1021 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 zâkên ( ) [pronouncd zaw-kane] ldrs masculin plural construct Strong s #2205 BDB #278 This is th first tim w hav sn this wo usd sinc 1Sam. 17.
3927 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:26b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs Y hûwdâh ( ) [pronouncd y hoo- DAW] possibly mans to prais, to b praisd; and is translitratd Judah masculin propr noun/location Strong s #3063 BDB #397 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 rêa ( ) [pronouncd RAY-ah ] associat, nighbor, collagu, fllow, acquaintanc masculin plural noun with a 3 prson masculin singular suffix Strong s #7453 BDB #945 Translation:...and h snt to th ldrs of Judah [and] to his acquaintancs som of th spoil [lit., from th spoil],... David had mad frinds and acquaintancs whil in southrn Judah, whr h and his mn spnt a lot of tim on th run from Saul. Thrfor, vn though many individuals turnd David in, this was not all that was don. Many popl supportd him, vn though thy did not join his small band of mn. Thr wr ladrs also in Judah that David knw. Many of ths had suff som kind of loss bcaus of th Amalkit raids. Thrfor, David snt thm a lot of th stoln things which David rtrivd from th Amalkits. Do you s what David is doing and how this is tid to th prvious passag? Whn rcovring all of th itms stoln from thm by th Amalkits, som lgalists suggstd that th 200 who did not participat should not participat in th rturn of th things takn from thm. David said, No, sorry; that is not th way w ar going to do things ths mn will b rwad just as if thy wnt into battl with us. Now, it is asy to apply this gracious position to othrs. Dmocrats, at this point in tim, ar known for thir social programs, and th fact that thy tak mony from businss and from th rich and giv it to th poor and unfortunat (I am ovrsimplying things hr). Thy ar also know, right at th tim that I writ this, as th ons who ar trying to prsrv social scurity and thir pact with th workrs. Now, if social scurity was a good thing, thn thy would b undr th social scurity systm thmslvs, but thy ar not. Rpublican and Dmocrat Snators and Rprsntativs ar undr a much mor gnrous rtirmnt systm. Thy ar willing to giv us our wivs and childrn back, but thy ar going to hold onto th rst of our stuff. David, on th othr hand, applis his grac position to himslf. W alrady know that a grat dal of what was takn in this attack prhaps vrything ovr and abov that which th Amalkits took from th Isralits was givn ovr to David. Wll, it is on thing to b gracious with othr popls things; it is complt anothr to b gracious with your own things. David is going to apply this grac policy to himslf. For instanc, if a Dmocrat or a Rpublican Snator tlls m, This is how your rtirmnt systm is going to b and h also applis that sam rtirmnt systm to himslf, thn I know it s a good systm. But if h says, Systm A is for you, and systm B is for m thn I know that systm A is crap and that B is ovrly gnrous. David says, This is th grac systm that w should b undr, and I am placing myslf undr this sam grac sam systm. 1Samul 30:26b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 âmar ( ) [pronouncd aw-marh] to say, to spak, to uttr; to say [to onslf], to think Qal infinitiv construct Strong s #559 BDB #55
1Samul Chaptr 30 3928 1Samul 30:26b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs hinnêh ( ) [pronouncd hin-nay] lo, bhold, or mor frly, obsrv, look hr, look, listn, pay attntion, gt this, chck this out intrjction, dmonstrativ particl Strong s #2009 (and #518, 2006) BDB #243 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition with th 2 nd prson masculin plural suffix BDB #510 b râkâh ( ) [pronouncd b raw- KAW] blssing, bndiction, invocation of good; xtrmly fortunat and happy; a gift, a prsnt; pac, prosprity fminin singular noun Strong s #1293 BDB #139 min ( ) [pronouncd min] from, off, out from, out of, away from, on account of, sinc, than, mor than prposition of sparation Strong's #4480 BDB #577 shâlal ( ) [pronouncd shaw- LAWL] booty, spoil, plundr, rcompns, rwa masculin singular construct Strong's #7998 BDB #1021 âyab ( ) B [pronouncd aw-ya V] nmy, th on bing at nmity with you; nmity, hostility masculin plural construct; Qal activ participl Strong s #340 BDB #33 YHWH ( ) [pronunciation is possibly yhoh-wah] translitratd variously as Jhovah, Yahwh, Y howah propr noun Strong s #3068 BDB #217 Translation:...(saying, Look, [this is] for you: a gift [or, blssing] from th spoil of Y howah s nmis );... David prsnts ths things as a gift, or a blssing, to thos in Judah (principally southrn Judah). Notic that this is a chang; David had bn plundring Jhovah s nmis for somtim now, yt h nvr snt any of this plundr into Judah. Howvr, this tim h dos; but rcall, this tim, David is also functioning in (or by) th Holy Spirit (vv. 6b 8). This also givs us grat insight into David s charactr. H is not obligatd in any way to rturn ths itms to thos in southrn Judah. David could hav kpt all of this for himslf, and thr is not a singl prson who could fault him for that. Aftr all, h wnt out with his mn and rcov all of this. Evn thos in Judah would not hav hld it against him had h kpt vrything that h rcov. In othr wos, David could hav bcom a vry walthy man from this on xpdition, and lgitimatly. W liv in a cultur in th Unitd Stats whr th accumulation of walth is first and formost. W will brak family tis if it mans mor walth; w will divorc and car littl about th consquncs to our childrn, if th nd rsult mans walth and a gratr fom to spnd that mony. W will su popl who had littl or nothing to do with our injuris, thinking that, if w gt hurt, thn somon ows us mony. W hav CEO s who will not blink whn incrasing thir salary by millions, and, at th sam tim, turning around and cutting thousands of popl off from thir minimum wag jobs in or to sav mony. W hav politicians who hav stoln mony from th working man, and hav st up gnrous rtirmnt accounts for thmslvs, whil throwing out a pittanc to thos who actually pay th taxs. W ar a nation of gy popl from th lowst to thos on top; how fw of us would do what David is doing hr? David is, prior
3929 Th Book of Samul to snding out ths gifts, on of th walthist mn in all of Palstin. Whn h divsts himslf of this walth, h will probably not vn b in th top 100. But what David has intact is his charactr and his conscinc. Rcogniz that th mony that you hav and all of your possssions ar a mattr of God s grac and that you should b gnrous with thm. As Paul wrot to th Corinthians: Thrfor I consid it ncssary to urg th brothrs to go on ahad to you and arrang in advanc th gnrous gift you promisd, so that it will b rady as a gift and not an xtortion. Rmmbr this: th prson who sows sparingly will also rap sparingly, and th prson who sows gnrously will also rap gnrously. Each prson should do as h has dcidd in his hart not out of rgrt nor out of ncssity, for God lovs a chrful givr. And God is abl to mak vry grac ovrflow to you, so that in vry way, always having vrything you nd, you may xcl in vry good work (2Cor. 9:5 9)....to [thos] who [ar] in Bthl, and to [thos] who [ar] in Ramoth-ngb, and to [thos] who [ar] in Jattir,... 1Samul 30:27...to thos who [ar] in Bthl [possibly Bthul], and to thos who [ar] in Ramothngb, and to thos who [ar] in Jattir,... And David snt som of th spoil to thos who ar in Bthl, Ramath-Ngb, Jattir,... Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs:...to [thos] who [ar] in Bthl, and to [thos] who [ar] in Ramoth-ngb, and to [thos] who [ar] in Jattir,... Morovr, h snt of th spoil to thos who wr in Bth-l and to thos who wr in Ramoth of th Ngb and to thos who wr in Ai,......to thos in Bæthsur [Hbrw and Alxandrian LXX: Bthl], and to thos in Rama of th south, and to thos in Gthor. Thy ar ssntially th sam, xcpt for th first city namd. Although all thr sm to disagr on th last city; th MT and th LXX ar actually fairly clos. Th Latin, by th way, agrs with th Hbrw. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: CEV Th Mssag NJB NLT This is a list of th towns whr David snt gifts: Bthl, Ramoth in th Southrn Dsrt, Jattir, Aror, Siphmoth, Eshtmoa, Racal, th towns blonging to th Jrahmlits and th Knits, Hormah, Bor-Ashan, Athach, and Hbron. H also snt gifts to th othr towns whr h and his mn had travld. [Vv. 27 31 ar combind]. H snt thm to th ldrs in Bthl, Ramoth Ngv, Jattir,......to thos in Bthl, to thos in Ramoth of th Ngb, to thos in Jattir,... [Mayb it is a typo in my Bibl, but th NJB placs Jattir with v. 28]. Th gifts wr snt to th ladrs of th following towns whr David and his mn had bn: Bthl, Ramath-ngv, Jattir,... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh) Thr wr shars for thos in Bthl, Ramoth in th Ngv, Jattir,... [H snt th spoil to th ldrs] in Bthl [calld Bthul in Joshua 19:4], Ramathngb, and Jattir;...
1Samul Chaptr 30 3930 Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young's Updatd LT H snt gifts to thos in Bthl, in Ramoth of th Ngv, and in Jattir;......to thos in Bth-El, and to thos in South Ramoth, and to thos in Jattir,... What is th gist of this vrs? David snt a portion of th loot takn from th Amalkits to ldrs and associats in Bthl, Ramoth of th south and Jattir. Th construction in th Hbrw may b fin; th construction in th English is rathr difficult. Howvr, David is snding a portion of th things rcov from th Amalkits to ldrs and associats in southrn Judah. What will b listd in th final 5 vrss of this chaptr ar th citis which h snt ths goods to. It appars as though only Young rally got th Hbrw sntnc structur down corrctly. Th lttr which David ncloss with ach dlivry is parnthtical. This is simply to lt ths mn know whr this cam from; and it is in writing. David probably mad on copy of th lttr (which was probably longr than w find hr); wnt own to his local Kinko s 63 (probably run by Philistins) and ran off a dozn copis or so to go to th citis which ar namd in th nxt 5 vrss. My guss is, ach city rprsnts a shipmnt of goods; and ach shipmnt of goods is snt to on or mor popl that David knw in that city an ldr of that city and/or an acquaintanc of David s. Howvr, sinc 64 David snt things to approximatly 20 citis; th walth which h acqui was phnomnal. Now, what w should xpct to find hr is citis which ar in southrn Judah, as that is th ara which has bn attackd by th Amalkits (howvr, this may turn out to b an incorrct assumption). I doubt that thr is any way for David to rally idntify which things wr stoln from which ara (and som of th popl ar possibly dad now). W do not know if th Amalkits ran off with th womn and childrn of othr citis; my guss is that thy did not Ziklag offring thm th prfct opportunity to stal all th womn from on city, sinc thy wr unprotctd. Furthrmor, w do not know how many things wr snt to ach city nor do w know anything about th final distribution of things. Did ths ldrs and/or associats kp ths things for thmslvs? Did thy mak an ffort to proprty rturn that which blongd to othrs non of this is known to us. Howvr, what w do know is, David apparntly got a grat dal of walth from this attack; h had nough to rtir on, if not to hav his own city whr h proclaims himslf th ladr. H had vry right to kp all that h took from th Amalkits. I should point out that givn that proprly placing th spoil with th original ownr is virtually impossibl. Furthrmor, w hav no indication that David attmptd to rstor anything to th Chrthits (s back in v. 14). Lt m offr a suggstion hr: for David to distribut this walth to as many citis as h dos, indicats that h not only had an ovrabundanc of walth, but that h chos to shar this walth; and not always with thos from whom it was takn (it is vry unlikly that th first city mntiond, Bthl, was vr raidd, sinc it is too far north). Thr ar crtainly diffrnt xplanations on could offr at this tim. Som could say that this is a savvy mov on David s part, to gain political control ovr Judah. Aftr all, w do not know how th timing of 1Sam. 30 and 31 lin up (Saul will di in 1Sam. 31). Howvr, bar in mind, David has bn promisd th kingdom of Isral. God has promisd this to David; thrfor, vn though this could b consid a savvy political mov; that dos not man that was David s motivation. At this tim that I writ, th trribl Tsunami has alrady struck Indonsia, Thailand and a dozn or mor othr Asian countris. Many popl of th Unitd Stats ar giving mony to hlp ths popl in this disastr. This dos not man that ach Amrican who givs is thinking, Th Muslims will lik us mor bcaus w ar snding thm mony. Many ar giving mony out of altruism, fling a grat sorrow ovr what has happnd thr, and hoping to rliv som suffring. Of cours, som hav poor motivation (to mak thmslvs fl bttr bcaus thy gav mony). But som giv of thmslvs without any xpctation of any sort of rturn simply bcaus it is th right thing to do; simply bcaus God has so motivatd thm. Givn that David has commund with God, and is in fllowship, w may assum that his motivation hr is pur. 63 64 Okay, I rally don t know if th Philistins cam up with th nam Kinko s. That sounds mor Grk to m. Not to worry; I will xplain why thr ar about 20 citis instad of 13 citis.
3931 Th Book of Samul Allow m a tangnt hr as wll: th trib of Simon was givn a numbr of Judæan citis (Judgs 19). Although I was nvr compltly clar as to why thy wr distributd in this way (xcpt for th fact that Judah smd to b givn a lion s shar of th land which was conqu th Land of Promis); nvrthlss, th trib of Simon was givn a st of citis within Judah. Hr, ths citis ar spokn of as bing Judæan, vn though som wr spcifically givn to Simon. This mans that thy rtaind thir Judæan idntity and possibly that th trib of Simon bcam amalgamatd with th trib of Judah. It is clar in th book of Judgs (Judgs 1:3, 17) that ths tribs wr ssntially sparat, vn though thy workd togthr. Howvr, intrstingly nough, Simon is not rally mntiond whn th spcific military manuvrs of Judah ar mntiond in th rmaindr of this sam chaptr (xcpt for v. 17). W ar possibly supposd to assum that this was compltly a joint vntur, so Simon nd not b mntiond; howvr, th trib of Simon will not vn b mntiond in th books of Samul or Kings. Th fw mntions in Chronicls, apart from th gnalogis which ar xamind, do sm to indicat that thr was som national idntify which continud vn until th nd. Howvr, my guss is that thr was a lot of amalgamation which took plac ovr th yars, and that thr wr rlativly fw pur Simonits. Th othr and most rasonabl option is, vn though thr wr a rasonabl numbr of Simonits and vn though thy rtaind a sparat idntity, thos from this trib off so littl to distinguish thmslvs, that vry fw ar of thm ar vr mntiond in Scriptur. Anothr tangnt: I must admit to nvr fully undrstanding xactly why th trritory of th northrn and southrn kingdoms wr dividd as thy wr. It was nvr clar why so many citis wnt to Judah; why th country was dividd up from two diffrnt aras; and why th country was r-dividd latr, giving portions of Judah to Simon and to Dan. 1Samul 30:27a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 Bêyth- êl ( ) [pronouncd bayth- AYHL] hous of God; translitratd Bthl masculin propr noun Strong s #1008 BDB #110 Translation:...to thos who [ar] in Bthl [possibly Bthul],... My first assumption that w ar in southrn Judah is possibly wrong. Bthl is locatd on th bor of Ephraim and Bnjamin. W xamind Bthl back in Gn. 28. Evn though Bthl is an important city, with tis to th Ark and to th pristhood of God, w find it mntiond sparingly in th book of Samul. It was on of th citis on Samul s judging circuit (1Sam. 7:16). It is mntiond in a prophsy to Saul to prov to him that th propht naming him king of Isral was truly a propht (1Sam. 10:3). Bthl was also whr Saul first stationd som of his soldirs (1Sam. 13:2). Howvr, th nam Bthl mans Hous of God. and is associatd closly with th Ark and Tabrnacl of God (Judgs 20:18, 26 28). It is rasonabl to ask, was Bthl plund by th Amalkits? From th information w hav, I would say no. Thr is no indication that th Amalkits vr wnt that far north. It appars to b David s not to slight mn who
1Samul Chaptr 30 3932 ar probably vry important in this ara and that his distribution of this walth was not simply an attmpt to rturn th walth takn from southrn Judah. 65 Thr is anothr possibility that Barns suggsts : this is Bthul (1Chron. 4:30), also known as Bthul (Joshua 19:4). Both of ths passags idntify this city as bing inhabitd by Simonits, who liv in southrn Judah. Givn that many of th discrpancis found in th ancint manuscripts ar a mattr of th splling of propr nouns, this is a vry likly possibility, and would mak mor sns for David to snd som of ths things thr rathr than to th mor famous Bthl of Ephraim-Bnjamin. 66 Gill offrs a thi possibility, that this is actually Kiriath-jarim, calld Bthl bcaus this is whr th Ark of God was bing kpt (1Sam. 7:1 Bthl mans Hous of God). W may hav confirmation of that in Joshua 15:9: From th top of th hill th bor curvd to th spring of th Watrs of Nphtoah, wnt to th citis of Mount Ephron, and thn curvd to Baalah (that is, Kiriath-jarim). Eithr suggstion, Barns or Gill s, maks a grat dal mor sns. 1Samul 30:27b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 Râmôwth ( ) [pronouncd raw- MOHTH] hight, high plac; translitratd ramath fminin construct usd primarily as a propr noun in conjunction with anothr noun Strong s #7413 BDB #928 ngb ( ) B [pronouncd n-ghe V] south, south-country; oftn translitratd Ngv or Ngb masculin singular noun Strong's #5045 BDB #616 Whras, w might hav th nam South Philly to indicat a particular portion of a city; hr, th addition of ngb can indicat a diffrnt city altogthr from Ramah. What w hav hr is th plural or th construct form of Ramah (Strong s #7413 BDB #928) combind with ngb (Strong s #5045 BDB #616) to yild Ramoth- Ngb (Strong s #7418 BDB #928). 65 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:27. Kil and Dlitzsch also tak this position: Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:26 29. 66 Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:27. This is also Matthw Hnry s position: Matthw Hnry, Commntary on th Whol Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:21 31.
3933 Th Book of Samul Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in Ramoth-ngb,... Ramoth-ngb is only mntiond in Joshua 19:8, whr it is calld Ramah of th Ngb. If you will rcall, th first portion of Joshua 19 is dvotd to th citis givn to Simon, which wr takn from Judah. This mans, that Ramath-ngb should b mntiond prviously in Joshua 15, whn th citis givn ovr to Judah ar givn. For this rason, it is suggstd that Ramoth-ngb is also known as Baloth (Joshua 15:24), Baal (I Chron. 4:33), and as Baalath-br, Ramah of th Ngv 67 (Joshua 19:8). On th othr hand, th MacMillan Bibl Atlas lists Baloth and Ramah of th Ngb as sid-by- 68 sid citis. In any cas, Ramath-ngb is probably in th dp south of Judah. Th man who ovrsaw David s vinyas was possibly from this Ramath (1Chron. 27:27). Thr is anothr Ramoth, calld Ramoth-Gilad. Oftn, citis with th sam nam wr distinguishd gographically from on anothr by adding a suffix. Ngb mans south. 1Samul 30:27c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 Yattir ( ) [pronouncd - yaht-teer] this is translitratd Jattir propr noun; a location Strong s #3492 BDB #452 Th Pshitta has Ai hr instad, which is up nar Bthl. Thr is no rason trust this translation ovr th MT at this point. Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in Jattir,... Jattir is mntiond only 4 tims in Scriptur: it is a city givn to Judah (Joshua 15:48) which was also givn to th Lvits of God (Joshua 21:14 1Chron. 6:57). Although w ar told that Jattir is locatd in th hill country of Judah, that hill country did xtnd into southrn Judah. Barns idntifis it with Attir and placs it tn mils south of Hbron....and to [thos] who [ar] in Aror, and to [thos] who [ar] in Siphmoth, and to [thos] who [ar] in Eshtmoa,......Aror, Siphmoth, Eshtmoa,... Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: 1Samul 30:28...and to thos who [ar] in Aror, and to thos who [ar] in Siphmoth, and to thos who [ar] in Eshtmoa,... 67 Th Zondrvan Pictorial Encyclopdia of th Bibl; Mrrill C. Tnny, d.; Zondrvan Publishing Hous, 1976, Vol. 1; p. 494. 68 Th MacMillan Bibl Atlas; 3 Edition; Aharoni, Avi-Yonah, Rainy, and Safrai; MacMillan; 1993 by Carta; p. 105.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3934 Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Sptuagint Significant diffrncs:...and to [thos] who [ar] in Aror, and to [thos] who [ar] in Siphmoth, and to [thos] who [ar] in Eshtmoa,......and to thos in Aror, and to thos in Ammadi, and to thos in Saphi, and to thos in Esthi, and to thos in Gth, and to thos in Cimath, and to thos in Saphc, and to thos in Thmath,... Th Grk obviously lists 5 additional citis. Th Latin and Aramaic ar in agrmnt with th MT. Evn though I would tnd to go along with th MT, it sms unlikly that citis would hav bn addd to this list without rason (that is, thy must hav bn found in th txt usd by th translators). In any cas, this is not a diffrnc upon which any important doctrin rsts. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: NJB...to thos in Aror, to thos in Siphmoth, to thos in Eshtmoa,... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo...Aror, Siphmoth, Eshtmoa,... Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB MKJV Young's Updatd LT...to thos in Aror, in Siphmoth, and in Eshtmoa......and to th ons in Aror, and to th ons in Siphmoth, and to th ons in Eshtmoa,......and to thos in Aror, and to thos in Siphmoth, and to thos in Eshtmoa,... What is th gist of this vrs? David sha his walth with thos in Aror, Siphmoth and Eshtmoa. 1Samul 30:28a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88
3935 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:28a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs rô êr ( ) [pronouncd uh-row- AIR] nakd; bar; junipr (or som kind of tr or bush) and is translitratd Aror propr singular noun Strong s #6177 BDB #792 Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in Aror,... For our English snsibilitis, listing only th citis would hav bn th prfrabl rndring of this list. Aror is xactly whr w xpct to find it; in th dp south of Judah. Thr ar at last two Aror s in Scriptur: on which is ast of th Joan rivr on th north bank of th rivr Arnon (Dut. 2:36 Joshua 12:2 and possibly 69 Joshua 13:25). Thr is th Aror found hr and probably in 1Chron. 11:44. Also, in th Grk of 70 Joshua 15:22, w find instad of Adadah, Aroul, which may b th city that w find hr. 1Samul 30:28b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 Siph môwth ( ) [pronouncd sihf - MOHTH] translitratd Siphmoth propr masculin noun; location Strong s #8224 BDB #1050 I had originally thought that this is on of th vry fw wos which is mssd up in th Brown, Drivr, Briggs Lxicon and that this wo blongs on BDB #974. Howvr, som of th Hbrw manuscripts rad 71 Shiphmoth. Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in Siphmoth,... Apart from this passag, this city is unknown to us. Howvr, Barns points out: Zabdi th Shiphmit 1Chron. 27:27, who was ovr David s win-cllars, was vidntly 69 Th Zondrvan Pictorial Encyclopdia of th Bibl; Mrrill Tnny, d., Zondrvan Publishing Hous, 1976; Vol. 1, p. 327. Clark also misidntifis this city, as h dos Siphmoth in Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:27. This is why, if you study Scriptur using a commntary, thn you nd mor than on or two commntaris. 70 71 As pr Dr. John Gill, John Gill s Exposition of th Entir Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:27. Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 30:26 29.
1Samul Chaptr 30 3936 72 a nativ of [Siphmoth]. Barns adds: It is a rmarkabl proof of th gratful natur of David, and of his fidlity to his arly frindships, as wll as a curious instanc of undsignd coincidnc, that w find among thos mployd by David in offics of trust in th hight of his powr so many inhabitants of thos obscur placs whr h found frinds in th days of his arly difficultis. Ezri th son of Chlub, Shimi th Ramathit, and Zabdi th Shiphmit, as wll as Ira and Garb, and Ittai, and Hzrai, and many othrs, wr probably among ths frinds 73 of his youth. Evn with a concoanc, w might not match ths up, but it is apparnt that David has stablishd som spcific frindships in ths citis, which ar othrwis unknown to us; and h trusts ths mn in positions of rsponsibility, powr and influnc. 1Samul 30:28c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 sh t môa ( ) - [pronouncd sh-th- MOH-a ] translitratd Eshtmoa propr noun; location Strong s #851 BDB #84 Th splling of this plac is diffrnt ach tim w find it. Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in Eshtmoa,... Eshtmoa is on of th citis found in th hill country of 74 Judah (Joshua 15:48 50). Ishbah, a Judæan through th Prz-Hzron-Hur lin, along with th Maacathits, 75 was apparntly th foundr of Eshtmoa (1Chron. 4:17, 19). Kil and Dlitzsch: Eshtmoa has bn prsrvd in th villag of Smua, with ancint ruins, on th south-wstrn portion of th mountains of Judah. 76...and to [thos] who [ar] in Racal [possibly, Carml], and to [thos] who [ar] in th citis of th Jrahmlits, and to [thos] who [ar] in th citis of th Knits,... 1Samul 30:29...and to thos who [ar] in Racal [possibly, Carml], and to thos who [ar] in th citis of th Jrahmlits, and to thos who [ar] in th citis of th Knits,......Carml; and thos living in th citis of th Jrahmlits and thos living in th citis of th Knits;... 72 73 74 Albrt Barns, Barns Nots on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:27. Ibid. ZPEB supposs that th splling in Joshua to b corrupt. Th Zondrvan Pictorial Encyclopdia of th Bibl; Mrrill Tnny, d., Zondrvan Publishing Hous, 1976; Vol. 2, p. 364. 75 76 Fathr of can also b rnd foundr of. Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:26 29.
3937 Th Book of Samul Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs:...and to [thos] who [ar] in Racal, and to [thos] who [ar] in th citis of th Jrahmlits, and to [thos] who [ar] in th citis of th Knits,......and to thos who wr in Rachal and to thos who r in th citis of th Jrahmlits and to thos who wr in th citis of th Knits......and to thos in Carml, and to thos in th citis of Jrml, and to thos in th citis of th Knzit;... Th Latin and Grk both hav Carml; th Hbrw and Aramaic both hav Racal. a Th LXX and 4QSam both hav Knzit hr instad of Knit (th Latin has Cni, which I assum is th Latin quivalnt of Knit. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: NJB...to thos in Carml, To thos in th towns of Jrahml, To thos in th towns of th Knits,... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo...Racal, th citis blonging to th Jrahmlits, th citis blonging to th Knits,... Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: HCSB Young's Updatd LT...to thos in Racal, in th towns of th Jrahmlits, and in th towns of th Knits;......and to thos in Rachal, and to thos in th citis of th Jrahmlits, and to thos in th citis of th Knits,... What is th gist of this vrs? David snt som of th rcov loot to Rachal and to th citis of th Jrahmlits and Knits. 1Samul 30:29a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24).
1Samul Chaptr 30 3938 1Samul 30:29a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 Râcâl ( ) [pronouncd raw-kawl] tradr; and is translitratd Racal Propr noun; location Strong s #7403 BDB #940 BDB suggsts instad that th rading should b... Kar ml ( ) - [pronouncd kahr -MEL] gan, plantation and is translitratd Carml propr noun Strong s #3760 BDB #502 This agrs with th Sptuagint and th Latin Vulgat. Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in Racal [possibly, Carml],... ZPEB also points out that th LXX B rads Carml hr, and says thr is good rason to prfr that rading. Surprisingly, I did not com across any translation which alludd to th altrnativ rading; and almost all English translations hav Racal hr (including th REB, NRSV and Rothrham; vrsions which oftn follow th Sptuagint). If this rads Racal, thr is nothing 77 w can rally say, as Racal occurs hr only on Scriptur. Calmt supposs that this could b Hachilah (1Sam. 23:19). Carml, although it is in th astrn mountains of Judah, is gnrally in th southrn sction, and could hav bn a victim of Amalkit raids. W will covr Carml in dtail whn w gt to 1Kings 18. Howvr, this is logically a rasonabl rading. 1Samul 30:29b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 77 Som old Bibl guy; from Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:29.
3939 Th Book of Samul 1Samul 30:29b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs îyr ( ) [pronouncd r] ncampmnt, city, town fminin plural construct Strong's #5892 BDB #746 Y rach m êlîy (. - ) [pronouncd y r-akh -m ay-lee] may El [God] hav compassion; whom God lovs; and is translitratd Jrahmlit gntilic adjctiv with th dfinit articl Strong s #3397 BDB #934 Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in th citis of th Jrahmlits,... It is intrsting that th Jrahmlits and th Knits ar now mntiond. If you will rcall, ths ar two groups that David claimd to mak raids against, although h did not actually vr attack thm (1Sam. 27:10). Th Jrahmlits ar an important branch of th trib of Judah. Howvr, vn though thy ar associatd with Calb in 1Chron. 2, this is not th sam Calb as w find in th book of Numbrs (this is a common mistak mad by many xgts). For a dtaild xplanation of th rlationship, plas xamin my xgsis of 1Chron. 2. Thy ar mntiond in 1Chron. 2:9, 25 27 and hav land in southrn Judah (1Sam. 27:10). 1Samul 30:29c Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 îyr ( ) [pronouncd r] ncampmnt, city, town fminin plural construct Strong's #5892 BDB #746 qêynîy ( ) [pronouncd kay-nee] to acquir and is translitratd Knit gntilic adjctiv with th dfinit articl Strong s #7017 BDB #884 a This is Knzits in th LXX and 4QSam (on of th Dad Sa Scrolls). Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in th citis of th Knits,... Th ovrsimplifid xplanation is, Moss fathr-in-law was a Knit and thy dvlopd a vry clos rlationship with th Jws and livd among thm. It is mor complx than that and cov in gratr dtail in th Doctrin of th Knits, which was cov in
1Samul Chaptr 30 3940 Judgs 1:16. W ar told that th Knits occupy is a vry small tract wst of th southrn coast of th Dad 78 Sa. A Summary of th Doctrin of th Knits Thr ar only a fw things that w can probably stat about th Knits: thy wr a loos group of nomadic popls who probably workd with mtals and wr originally associatd with and possibly rlatd to th Midianits. Although thy first sttld in Midian (insofar as w know), som of thm movd into Judah and thn latr into th Galil ara. Thir rlations with Isral appar to hav always bn pacful and congnial. Evn though thy ar said to b givn into th hands of Abram back in Gn. 15:18 19, thir subjugation to Isral appars to b voluntary and not in th sns of bing nslavd to th Isralits. In fact, at som point, th dscndants of th Knits would bcom scribs (1Chron. 2:55). 79 If ths ar th Knzits, thn w ar spaking of a clan which is an rlatd to th Calbits. Calb s fathr is calld a Knzit in Num. 32:12 Joshua 14:6, 14. Knaz is th youngr brothr of Calb and Calb has a grandson nam Knaz as wll. Apart from this, w rally know littl or nothing mor about this group of popl. 80 W hav th phras th citis of usd twic hr, indicating that thr ar two or mor citis inhabitd by Jrahmlits and by Knits (or, Knzits). Rcall that David had told Achish that h struck th Jrahmlits and th Knits in 1Sam. 27:10....and to [thos] who [ar] in Hormah, and to [thos] who [ar] in Borashan, and to [thos] who [ar] in Athach,......and to thos in Hormah, Borashan, Athach,... Hr is how othrs hav translatd this vrs: Ancint txts: 1Samul 30:30...and to thos who [ar] in Hormah, and to thos who [ar] in Borashan, and to thos who [ar] in Athach,... Latin Vulgat Masortic Txt Pshitta Sptuagint Significant diffrncs:...and that wr in Arama, and that wr in th lak Asan, and that wr in Athach,......and to [thos] who [ar] in Hormah, and to [thos] who [ar] in Borashan, and to [thos] who [ar] in Athach,......and to thos who wr in Hormah and to thos who wr in Barbshan and to thos who wr in Tanach,......and to thos in Jrimuth, and to thos in Brsab, and to thos in Nomb,... As you can s, w hav only som agrmnt btwn th MT and th Pshitta; and h Latin agrs with th MT in only th final nam (and mor or lss in th scond nam). Non of this is apparnt from th English translations. Thought-for-thought translations; paraphrass: NJB...to thos in Hormah, 78 Adam Clark, Commntary on th Bibl; from -Swo, 1Sam. 30:29. Trasury of Scriptural Knowldg; by Cann, Brown, Blayny, Scott, and othrs about 1880, with introduction by R. A. Torry; courtsy of E-swo, 1Sam. 30:29. 79 80 ZPEB splls this with two z s. Thr ar also Knzits who ar found in th gnalogy of Esau (Gn. 36:11 1Chron. 1:36). Although it is possibl that ths ar Edomits who bcam closly associatd with th Jws, this could also b a popl with th sam nam and unrlatd to th clan of Calb.
3941 Th Book of Samul to thos in Borashan, to thos in Athach,... Mostly litral rndrings (with som occasional paraphrasing): God s Wo JPS (Tanakh)...Hormah, Borashan, Athach,......in Hormah, Bor-ashan, and Athach;... Litral, almost wo-for-wo, rndrings: ESV Young's Updatd LT...in Hormah, in Bor-ashan, in Athach,......and to thos in Hormah, and to thos in Chor-Ashan, and to thos in Athach,... What is th gist of this vrs? David snds som of his spoils to Horma, Borashan and Athach. 1Samul 30:30a Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 Chor mâh ( ) [pronouncd khor - MAW] dvotd [to God]; ddicatd to dstruction; cursd thing; ban, bannd; and it is translitratd Hormah propr noun; location Strong s #2767 BDB #356 Chor mâh can b takn in a positiv or ngativ way. Ban or bannd may not b in my Hbrw lxicon. Translation:...and to thos who [ar] in Hormah,... Hormah was on of th Judæan citis givn ovr to Simon (Joshua 15:30 19:4). This placs th city clarly in southrn Juda. It s xact location is unknown, dspit th clus of Joshua 12:14 15:30 19:4. ZPEB has it locatd in two possibl placs, on southast of Ziklag (btwn Brshba and th Dad Sa), th othr southwst of Ziklag (mor or lss in Philistin country). Hormah is mntiond as a city onc blonging to th king of Arad, who th Isralits ddicatd to Jhovah as pr a vow that thy mad (Num. 21:1 3). Howvr, w hav a similar xplanation in Judgs 1:17 whn Simon and Judah dstroyd Zphath. Bcaus of this passag, Kil and Dlitzsch tll us that Hormah is Zphath, th prsnt
1Samul Chaptr 30 3942 81 Zpáta, on th wstrn slop of th Rakhma platau (Joshua 12:14). Now might b a good tim to covr th Doctrin of th City of Hormah. I will prsnt an ovrly simplifid vrsion of th Doctrin of th City of Hormah blow. Thr ar a fw options which ar not consid in this simplifid vrsion. A Summary of th Doctrin of th City of Hormah 1. Hormah was originally known as Zphath. Judgs 1:17 2. Isral suff an arly dfat which pushd thm back as far south as Hormah (Zphath). Num. 14:45 3. Isral latr dfatd this city and it was first givn ovr th Judah, and thn to Simon (in or to qual out th distribution of citis). Joshua 12:14 15:30 19:4 Judgs 1:17 1Chron. 4:30 4. Although th nam of this city mans dvotd to God, undr th ban, dvotd to dstruction; it is apparntly occupid during th tim of David, as h snds spoil to this city in 1Sam. 30:30. This is th ovrsimplifid vrsion; thr ar som minor difficultis which I hav glossd ovr which ar cov in gratr dtail in th complt Doctrin of th City of Hormah. Map takn from Th NIV Study Bibl; 1995 by Th Zondrvan Corporation; Map 4 in th back of th Bibl. Rturn to Top of th Pag Rturn to Charts, Maps and Short Doctrins 1Samul 30:30b Hbrw/Pronunciation Common English Manings Nots/Morphology Numbrs w (or v ) ( ) [pronouncd wh] and, vn, thn; namly; whn; sinc, that; though simpl wâw conjunction BDB #251 lâmd ( ) [pronouncd l ] to, for, towas, in rgas to dirctional/rlational prposition BDB #510 shr ( ) [pronouncd ash-er] that, which, whn, who rlativ pronoun Strong's #834 BDB #81 Bfor th rlativ pronoun, oftn th pronoun h, sh, it is implid. This is particularly tru with a prposition. Thrfor, hr, this can b rnd to [for] him who, to [for] thos who (s Gn. 43:16 47:24). h b ( ) [pronouncd b ] in, into, at, by, nar, on, with, bfor, in th prsnc of, upon, against, by mans of, among, within a prposition of proximity Strong s# non BDB #88 bôwr ( ) [pronouncd bohr] pit, cistrn, wll masculin plural noun Strong s #953 BDB #92 81 Kil and Dlitzsch, Commntary on th Old Tstamnt; from -Swo; 1Sam. 30:30 31.